*** empty log message ***
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
40b36596 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81
NC
105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 107
0285c67d 108Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 109under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
110or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
111with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
112Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 113section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
114
115@c man end
0e9517a9 116@end copying
252b5132
RH
117
118@titlepage
119@title Using @value{AS}
120@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
121@ifclear GENERIC
122@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
123@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
124@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
125@sp 1
126@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
127@end ifset
252b5132
RH
128@sp 1
129@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
130@sp 1
131@sp 13
b45619c0 132The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 133Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 134first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
135The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
136distracting the boss while they got some work
137done.
138@sp 3
139@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
140@page
141@tex
142{\parskip=0pt
143\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
144\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
145}
146%"boxit" macro for figures:
147%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
148\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
149 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
150#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
151\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
152@end tex
153
154@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81
NC
155Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
1562000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 157
cf055d54 158 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 159 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
160 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
161 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
162 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 163 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 164
252b5132 165@end titlepage
4ecceb71 166@contents
252b5132 167
2e64b665 168@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
169@node Top
170@top Using @value{AS}
171
e49e529d
JM
172This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
173@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
174@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
175@end ifset
176version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 177@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 178This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
179code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
180@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
181
182This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
183Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 184section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 185
252b5132
RH
186@menu
187* Overview:: Overview
188* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
189* Syntax:: Syntax
190* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
191* Symbols:: Symbols
192* Expressions:: Expressions
193* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
194@ifset ELF
195* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
196@end ifset
252b5132
RH
197* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
198* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
199* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 200* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 201* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 202@end menu
2e64b665 203@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
204
205@node Overview
206@chapter Overview
207@iftex
a4fb0134 208This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 209@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 210This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
211code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
212@end ifclear
213@end iftex
214
215@cindex invocation summary
216@cindex option summary
217@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 218Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 219see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 220
0285c67d
NC
221@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
222
a4fb0134 223@ignore
0285c67d
NC
224@c man begin SEEALSO
225gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
226@c man end
a4fb0134 227@end ignore
0285c67d 228
252b5132
RH
229@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
230@c to be limited to one line for the header.
231@smallexample
0285c67d 232@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 233@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 234 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 235 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
237 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
238 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
239 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
240 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
241 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
243 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
244 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
245 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
246@c
247@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 248@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
249@ifset ALPHA
250
251@emph{Target Alpha options:}
252 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
253 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 254 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
255 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
256 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
257@end ifset
252b5132 258@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
259
260@emph{Target ARC options:}
261 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
262 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
263@end ifset
264@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
265
266@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 267@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
268 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
269 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
270 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
271 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 272 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 273 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
275 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
276 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 277 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 278@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
279@ifset Blackfin
280
281@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
283 [@b{-mfdpic}]
284 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
285 [@b{-mnopic}]
286@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
287@ifset CRIS
288
289@emph{Target CRIS options:}
290 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
291 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
292 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 293 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
294@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
295@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
296@end ifset
252b5132 297@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
298
299@emph{Target D10V options:}
300 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
301@end ifset
302@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
303
304@emph{Target D30V options:}
305 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
306@end ifset
307@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
308
309@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
310 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
311@end ifset
312@ifset HPPA
313@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
314@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
315@ifset I80386
316
317@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 318 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 319 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
322
323@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 324@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
325 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
326 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
327 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 328@end ifset
587fe2b3 329@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 330
9e32ca89
NC
331@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
332 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
333 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
334 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 335 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 336 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 337 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
338 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
339@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
340@ifset IP2K
341
342@emph{Target IP2K options:}
343 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
344@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
345@ifset M32C
346
347@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 348 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 349@end ifset
587fe2b3 350@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 351
a4fb0134
SC
352@emph{Target M32R options:}
353 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 354 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 355@end ifset
252b5132 356@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
357
358@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
359 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 360@end ifset
60bcf0fa 361@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
362
363@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 364 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
365 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
366 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 367 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
368 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
369 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
370@end ifset
371@ifset MCORE
372
373@emph{Target MCORE options:}
374 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
375 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 376@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
377@ifset MICROBLAZE
378@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
379@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
380@end ifset
252b5132 381@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
382
383@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 384 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 385 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 386 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
387 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
388 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 389 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 390 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
391 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
392 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 393 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 394 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 395 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 396 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 397 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 398 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 399 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
400 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
401 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
402 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 403 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 404 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
405@end ifset
406@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
407
408@emph{Target MMIX options:}
409 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
410 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
411 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 412 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
413@end ifset
414@ifset PDP11
415
416@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
417 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
418 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 419 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
420@end ifset
421@ifset PJ
422
423@emph{Target picoJava options:}
424 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
425@end ifset
426@ifset PPC
427
428@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
429 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 430 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 431 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
432 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
433 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
434 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
435 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
436@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
437@ifset RX
438
439@emph{Target RX options:}
440 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
441 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
442 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
443@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
444@ifset S390
445
446@emph{Target s390 options:}
447 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
448 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
449 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
450@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
451@ifset SCORE
452
453@emph{Target SCORE options:}
454 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
455 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
456 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
457 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
458@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
459@ifset SPARC
460
461@emph{Target SPARC options:}
462@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
463 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
464 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
465 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
466 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset TIC54X
469
470@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 471 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
472 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
473@end ifset
3c9b82ba 474
40b36596
JM
475@ifset TIC6X
476
477@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
478 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-matomic}|@b{-mno-atomic}]
b5593623 479 [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}]
87779176 480 [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}] [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596
JM
481@end ifset
482
2d8b84ae
SA
483@ifset XTENSA
484
485@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
486 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
487 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
488 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
489 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
490@end ifset
491
3c9b82ba
NC
492@ifset Z80
493
494@emph{Target Z80 options:}
495 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
496 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
497 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
498 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
499 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
500 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
501 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
502@end ifset
503
a4fb0134
SC
504@ifset Z8000
505@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 506@end ifset
e0001a05 507
0285c67d 508@c man end
252b5132
RH
509@end smallexample
510
0285c67d
NC
511@c man begin OPTIONS
512
a4fb0134 513@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 514@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 515
83f10cb2 516@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
517Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
518
a4fb0134 519@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
520@item -ac
521omit false conditionals
522
523@item -ad
524omit debugging directives
525
83f10cb2
NC
526@item -ag
527include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
528
252b5132
RH
529@item -ah
530include high-level source
531
532@item -al
533include assembly
534
535@item -am
536include macro expansions
537
538@item -an
539omit forms processing
540
541@item -as
542include symbols
543
544@item =file
545set the name of the listing file
546@end table
547
548You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
549listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
550the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
551
caa32fe5 552@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
553Begin in alternate macro mode.
554@ifclear man
555@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
556@end ifclear
caa32fe5 557
955974c6
CC
558@item --compress-debug-sections
559Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
560to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
561compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
562
563@item --nocompress-debug-sections
564Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
565
252b5132
RH
566@item -D
567Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
568other assemblers.
569
3d6b762c
JM
570@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
571When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
572information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
573
252b5132
RH
574@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
575Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
576@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
577indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
578value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
579use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
580
581@item -f
582``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
583compiler output).
584
329e276d
NC
585@item -g
586@itemx --gen-debug
587Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
588debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
589ECOFF or DWARF2.
590
252b5132
RH
591@item --gstabs
592Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
593may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
594
05da4302
NC
595@item --gstabs+
596Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
597extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
598debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
599may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
600the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
601
329e276d 602@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 603Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 604may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 605option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 606
252b5132
RH
607@item --help
608Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
609
ea20a7da
CC
610@item --target-help
611Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
612
252b5132
RH
613@item -I @var{dir}
614Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
615
616@item -J
617Don't warn about signed overflow.
618
619@item -K
620@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
621This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
622@end ifclear
623@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
624Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
625@end ifset
626
627@item -L
628@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
629Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
630system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
631or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
632@ifclear man
633@xref{Symbol Names}.
634@end ifclear
252b5132 635
c3a27914
NC
636@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
637Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
638listing to @var{number}.
639
640@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
641Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
642lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
643
644@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
645Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
646@var{number} bytes.
647
648@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
649Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
650to @var{number} + 1.
651
252b5132 652@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 653Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
654
655@item -R
656Fold the data section into the text section.
657
4bdd3565
NC
658@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
659Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
660@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
661assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
662memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
663requirements at the expense of speed.
664
665@item --reduce-memory-overheads
666This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
667assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
668@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
669
252b5132
RH
670@item --statistics
671Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
672assembly.
673
674@item --strip-local-absolute
675Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
676
677@item -v
678@itemx -version
a4fb0134 679Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
680
681@item --version
a4fb0134 682Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
683
684@item -W
2bdd6cf5 685@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
686Suppress warning messages.
687
2bdd6cf5
GK
688@item --fatal-warnings
689Treat warnings as errors.
690
691@item --warn
692Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
693
252b5132
RH
694@item -w
695Ignored.
696
697@item -x
698Ignored.
699
700@item -Z
701Generate an object file even after errors.
702
703@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
704Standard input, or source files to assemble.
705
706@end table
2a633939
JM
707@c man end
708
709@ifset ALPHA
710
711@ifclear man
712@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
713for an Alpha processor.
714@end ifclear
715
716@ifset man
717@c man begin OPTIONS
718The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
719processor.
720@c man end
721@c man begin INCLUDE
722@include c-alpha.texi
723@c ended inside the included file
724@end ifset
725
726@end ifset
252b5132 727
2a633939 728@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
729@ifset ARC
730The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
731an ARC processor.
732
a4fb0134 733@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
734@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
735This option selects the core processor variant.
736@item -EB | -EL
737Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
738@end table
739@end ifset
740
741@ifset ARM
742The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
743processor family.
744
a4fb0134 745@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 746@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 747Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 748@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 749Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 750@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 751Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
752@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
753Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
754@item -mthumb
755Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 756@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
757Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
758@item -EB | -EL
759Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
760@item -mthumb-interwork
761Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
762ARM code in mind.
763@item -k
764Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
765@end table
766@end ifset
767
9982501a 768@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
769
770@ifclear man
771@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
772configured for the Blackfin processor family.
773@end ifclear
774
775@ifset man
776@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
777The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
778the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
779@c man end
780@c man begin INCLUDE
781@include c-bfin.texi
782@c ended inside the included file
783@end ifset
9982501a 784
9982501a
JZ
785@end ifset
786
328eb32e
HPN
787@ifset CRIS
788See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
789@end ifset
790
252b5132
RH
791@ifset D10V
792The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
793a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 794@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
795@cindex D10V optimization
796@cindex optimization, D10V
797@item -O
798Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
799@end table
800@end ifset
801
802@ifset D30V
803The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
804processor.
a4fb0134 805@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
806@cindex D30V optimization
807@cindex optimization, D30V
808@item -O
809Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
810
811@cindex D30V nops
812@item -n
813Warn when nops are generated.
814
815@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
816@item -N
817Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
818@end table
819@end ifset
731caf76
L
820@c man end
821
822@ifset I80386
252b5132 823
731caf76
L
824@ifclear man
825@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
826configured for an i386 processor.
827@end ifclear
828
829@ifset man
830@c man begin OPTIONS
831The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
832an i386 processor.
833@c man end
834@c man begin INCLUDE
835@include c-i386.texi
836@c ended inside the included file
837@end ifset
838
839@end ifset
840
841@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
842@ifset I960
843The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
844Intel 80960 processor.
845
a4fb0134 846@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
847@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
848Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
849
850@item -b
851Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
852
853@item -no-relax
854Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
855error if necessary.
856
857@end table
858@end ifset
859
a40cbfa3
NC
860@ifset IP2K
861The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 862Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
863
864@table @gcctabopt
865
866@item -mip2022ext
867Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
868
869@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 870Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
871just the basic IP2022 ones.
872
873@end table
874@end ifset
875
49f58d10
JB
876@ifset M32C
877The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
878Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
879
880@table @gcctabopt
881
882@item -m32c
883Assemble M32C instructions.
884
885@item -m16c
886Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
887
c54b5932
DD
888@item -relax
889Enable support for link-time relaxations.
890
891@item -h-tick-hex
892Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
893
49f58d10
JB
894@end table
895@end ifset
896
ec694b89
NC
897@ifset M32R
898The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 899Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 900
a4fb0134 901@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
902
903@item --m32rx
904Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
905is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
906
907@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
908Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 909encountered.
ec694b89
NC
910
911@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
912Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
913encountered.
ec694b89
NC
914
915@end table
916@end ifset
252b5132
RH
917
918@ifset M680X0
919The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
920Motorola 68000 series.
921
a4fb0134 922@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
923
924@item -l
925Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
926
0285c67d
NC
927@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
928@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
929@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
930Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
931is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
932
933@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
934The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
935The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
936the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
937two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
938coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
939
940@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
941The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
942unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
943
944@end table
945@end ifset
946
e135f41b
NC
947@ifset PDP11
948
949For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
950see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
951
a4fb0134 952@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
953@item -mpic | -mno-pic
954Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 955default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
956
957@item -mall
958@itemx -mall-extensions
959Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
960
961@item -mno-extensions
962Disable all instruction set extensions.
963
964@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
965Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
966
967@item -m@var{cpu}
968Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
969disable all other extensions.
970
971@item -m@var{machine}
972Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
973model, and disable all other extensions.
974@end table
975
976@end ifset
977
041dd5a9
ILT
978@ifset PJ
979The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
980a picoJava processor.
981
a4fb0134 982@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
983
984@cindex PJ endianness
985@cindex endianness, PJ
986@cindex big endian output, PJ
987@item -mb
988Generate ``big endian'' format output.
989
990@cindex little endian output, PJ
991@item -ml
992Generate ``little endian'' format output.
993
994@end table
995@end ifset
996
60bcf0fa
NC
997@ifset M68HC11
998The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
999Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1000
a4fb0134 1001@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1002
d01030e6 1003@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
1004Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1005defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1006
2f904664
SC
1007@item -mshort
1008Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1009
1010@item -mlong
01642c12 1011Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1012
1013@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1014Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1015
1016@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1017Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1018
1370e33d 1019@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1020Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1021conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1022sub routine.
1023
1370e33d
NC
1024@item -S | --short-branches
1025Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1026when the offset is out of range.
1027
1028@item --strict-direct-mode
1029Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1030when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1031
1032@item --print-insn-syntax
1033Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1034
1035@item --print-opcodes
1036print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
1037
1038@item --generate-example
1039print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1040This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1041
1042@end table
1043@end ifset
1044
252b5132 1045@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1046The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1047for the SPARC architecture:
1048
a4fb0134 1049@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1050@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1051@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1052Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1053
1054@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1055@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1056
1057@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1058UltraSPARC extensions.
1059
1060@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1061For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1062equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1063
1064@item -bump
1065Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1066@end table
1067@end ifset
1068
39bec121
TW
1069@ifset TIC54X
1070The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1071architecture.
39bec121 1072
a4fb0134 1073@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1074@item -mfar-mode
1075Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1076extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1077@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1078Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1079@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1080Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1081behaviour in the shell.
1082@end table
1083@end ifset
1084
252b5132
RH
1085@ifset MIPS
1086The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1087a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1088
a4fb0134 1089@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1090@item -G @var{num}
1091This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1092implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1093use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1094
1095@cindex MIPS endianness
1096@cindex endianness, MIPS
1097@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1098@item -EB
1099Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1100
1101@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1102@item -EL
1103Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1104
1105@cindex MIPS ISA
1106@item -mips1
1107@itemx -mips2
1108@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1109@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1110@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1111@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1112@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1113@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1114@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1115Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1116@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1117alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1118@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1119@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1120@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1121correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1122@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1123and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1124ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1125
1126@item -march=@var{CPU}
1127Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1128
1129@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1130Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1131
1132@item -mfix7000
1133@itemx -mno-fix7000
1134Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1135of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1136
ecb4347a
DJ
1137@item -mdebug
1138@itemx -no-mdebug
1139Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1140section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1141
dcd410fe
RO
1142@item -mpdr
1143@itemx -mno-pdr
1144Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1145
437ee9d5
TS
1146@item -mgp32
1147@itemx -mfp32
1148The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1149flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1150all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1151and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1152
1153@item -mips16
1154@itemx -no-mips16
1155Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1156@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1157turns off this option.
252b5132 1158
e16bfa71
TS
1159@item -msmartmips
1160@itemx -mno-smartmips
1161Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1162equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1163@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1164
1f25f5d3
CD
1165@item -mips3d
1166@itemx -no-mips3d
1167Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1168This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1169@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1170
deec1734
CD
1171@item -mdmx
1172@itemx -no-mdmx
1173Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1174This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1175@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1176
2ef2b9ae
CF
1177@item -mdsp
1178@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1179Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1180This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1181@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1182
8b082fb1
TS
1183@item -mdspr2
1184@itemx -mno-dspr2
1185Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1186This option implies -mdsp.
1187This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1188@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1189
ef2e4d86
CF
1190@item -mmt
1191@itemx -mno-mt
1192Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1193This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1194@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1195
437ee9d5
TS
1196@item --construct-floats
1197@itemx --no-construct-floats
1198The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1199double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1200value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1201the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1202selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1203
1204@cindex emulation
1205@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1206This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1207for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1208between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1209debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1210endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1211@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1212@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1213of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1214the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1215in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1216selection in any case.
1217
1218This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1219@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1220Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1221@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1222the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1223configuration includes support for both.
1224
1225Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1226fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1227more processors.
1228
1229@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1230@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1231the native tools.
1232
252b5132
RH
1233@item --trap
1234@itemx --no-trap
1235@itemx --break
1236@itemx --no-break
1237Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1238@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1239(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1240@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1241break exception.
63486801
L
1242
1243@item -n
a4fb0134 1244When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1245time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1246@end table
1247@end ifset
1248
1249@ifset MCORE
1250The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1251an MCore processor.
1252
a4fb0134 1253@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1254@item -jsri2bsr
1255@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1256Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1257The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1258
1259@item -sifilter
1260@itemx -nosifilter
1261Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1262The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1263
1264@item -relax
1265Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1266
ec694b89
NC
1267@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1268Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1269can be assembled.
1270
1271@item -EB
1272Assemble for a big endian target.
1273
1274@item -EL
1275Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1276
1277@end table
1278@end ifset
1279
3c3bdf30
NC
1280@ifset MMIX
1281See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1282@end ifset
1283
046d31c2
NC
1284@ifset RX
1285See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1286@end ifset
1287
11c19e16
MS
1288@ifset S390
1289The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1290processor family.
1291
1292@table @gcctabopt
1293@item -m31
1294@itemx -m64
1295Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1296@item -mesa
1297@item -mzarch
1298Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1299Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1300@item -march=@var{processor}
1301Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1302@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1303@item -mregnames
1304@itemx -mno-regnames
1305Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1306@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1307Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1308but evaluates to zero.
1309@end table
1310@end ifset
2a633939 1311@c man end
11c19e16 1312
40b36596 1313@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1314
1315@ifclear man
1316@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1317for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1318@end ifclear
1319
1320@ifset man
1321@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1322The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1323TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1324@c man end
1325@c man begin INCLUDE
1326@include c-tic6x.texi
1327@c ended inside the included file
1328@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1329
1330@end ifset
1331
e0001a05 1332@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1333
2d8b84ae
SA
1334@ifclear man
1335@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1336for an Xtensa processor.
1337@end ifclear
1338
1339@ifset man
1340@c man begin OPTIONS
1341The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1342Xtensa processor.
1343@c man end
1344@c man begin INCLUDE
1345@include c-xtensa.texi
1346@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1347@end ifset
1348
2d8b84ae
SA
1349@end ifset
1350
1351@c man begin OPTIONS
1352
3c9b82ba
NC
1353@ifset Z80
1354The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1355a Z80 family processor.
1356@table @gcctabopt
1357@item -z80
1358Assemble for Z80 processor.
1359@item -r800
1360Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1361@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1362@itemx -Wnud
1363Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1364@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1365@itemx -Wnup
1366Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1367@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1368@itemx -Wud
1369Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1370@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1371@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1372Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1373@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1374@itemx -Fud
1375Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1376@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1377@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1378Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1379@end table
1380@end ifset
1381
0285c67d
NC
1382@c man end
1383
252b5132
RH
1384@menu
1385* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1386* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1387* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1388* Command Line:: Command Line
1389* Input Files:: Input Files
1390* Object:: Output (Object) File
1391* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1392@end menu
1393
1394@node Manual
1395@section Structure of this Manual
1396
1397@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1398This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1399@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1400notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1401@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1402
1403@ifclear GENERIC
1404We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1405configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1406@end ifclear
1407@ifset GENERIC
1408This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1409various flavors of the assembler.
1410@end ifset
1411
1412@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1413On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1414to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1415In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1416architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1417mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1418particular architecture.
1419@ifset GENERIC
1420You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1421machine architecture manual for this information.
1422@end ifset
1423@ifclear GENERIC
1424@ifset H8/300
1425For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1426Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1427Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1428@end ifset
252b5132 1429@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1430For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1431see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1432@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1433@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1434@end ifset
1435@ifset Z8000
1436For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1437@end ifset
1438@end ifclear
1439
1440@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1441@ignore
1442Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1443the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1444Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1445computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1446once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1447qualification.
1448
a4fb0134 1449@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1450human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1451computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1452@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1453@end ignore
1454
1455@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1456@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1457@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1458@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1459@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1460@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1461@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1462@c directives).
1463
1464@node GNU Assembler
1465@section The GNU Assembler
1466
0285c67d
NC
1467@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1468
a4fb0134 1469@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1470@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1471This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1472configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1473@end ifclear
1474If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1475should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1476architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1477including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1478@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1479
1480@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1481@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1482@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1483@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1484assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1485machine would assemble.
1486@ifset VAX
1487Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1488@end ifset
1489@ifset M680X0
1490@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1491@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1492This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1493assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1494incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1495@end ifset
1496
0285c67d
NC
1497@c man end
1498
a4fb0134 1499Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1500program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1501@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1502
1503@node Object Formats
1504@section Object File Formats
1505
1506@cindex object file format
1507The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1508object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1509write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1510are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1511Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1512@ifclear GENERIC
1513@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1514For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1515@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1516@end ifclear
1517@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1518@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1519On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1520@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1521@end ifset
1522@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1523On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1524SOM or ELF format object files.
1525@end ifset
1526@end ifclear
1527
1528@node Command Line
1529@section Command Line
1530
1531@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1532
a4fb0134 1533After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1534options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1535before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1536significant.
1537
1538@cindex standard input, as input file
1539@kindex --
1540@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1541explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1542
1543@cindex options, command line
1544Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1545hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1546@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1547option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1548the letter is important. All options are optional.
1549
1550Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1551name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1552with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1553standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1554
1555@smallexample
1556@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1557@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1558@end smallexample
1559
1560@node Input Files
1561@section Input Files
1562
1563@cindex input
1564@cindex source program
1565@cindex files, input
1566We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1567describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1568be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1569doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1570
1571@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1572@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1573The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1574order specified.
1575
0285c67d 1576@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1577Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1578program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1579(The standard input is also a file.)
1580
a4fb0134 1581You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1582names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1583command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1584is taken to be an input file name.
1585
a4fb0134
SC
1586If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1587from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1588may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1589to assemble.
1590
1591Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1592in your command line.
1593
a4fb0134 1594If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1595file.
1596
0285c67d
NC
1597@c man end
1598
252b5132
RH
1599@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1600
1601@cindex input file linenumbers
1602@cindex line numbers, in input files
1603There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1604either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1605number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1606``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1607
1608@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1609to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1610
1611@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1612directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1613error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1614is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1615@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1616@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1617
1618@node Object
1619@section Output (Object) File
1620
1621@cindex object file
1622@cindex output file
1623@kindex a.out
1624@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1625Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1626your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1627is the object file. Its default name is
1628@ifclear BOUT
1629@code{a.out}.
1630@end ifclear
1631@ifset BOUT
1632@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1633@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1634@end ifset
a4fb0134 1635@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1636@end ifset
a4fb0134 1637You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1638object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1639reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1640directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1641possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1642
1643@cindex linker
1644@kindex ld
1645The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1646assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1647the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1648information for the debugger.
1649
1650@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1651@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1652
1653@node Errors
1654@section Error and Warning Messages
1655
0285c67d
NC
1656@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1657
a349d9dd 1658@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1659@cindex warning messages
1660@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1661@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1662file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1663runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1664that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1665grave problem that stops the assembly.
1666
0285c67d
NC
1667@c man end
1668
252b5132
RH
1669@cindex format of warning messages
1670Warning messages have the format
1671
1672@smallexample
1673file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1674@end smallexample
1675
1676@noindent
1677@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1678(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1679(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1680the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1681@ifset GENERIC
1682(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1683@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1684then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1685otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1686message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1687tradition).
1688
1689@cindex format of error messages
1690Error messages have the format
1691@smallexample
1692file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1693@end smallexample
1694The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1695messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1696because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1697
1698@node Invoking
1699@chapter Command-Line Options
1700
1701@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1702This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1703versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1704for options specific
252b5132 1705@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1706to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1707@end ifclear
1708@ifset GENERIC
1709to particular machine architectures.
1710@end ifset
1711
0285c67d
NC
1712@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1713
c1253627 1714If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1715you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1716The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1717by commas. For example:
1718
1719@smallexample
1720gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1721@end smallexample
1722
1723@noindent
1724This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1725standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1726local symbols in the symbol table).
1727
1728Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1729command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1730(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1731precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1732assembler.)
1733
0285c67d
NC
1734@c man end
1735
252b5132 1736@menu
83f10cb2 1737* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1738* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1739* D:: -D for compatibility
1740* f:: -f to work faster
1741* I:: -I for .include search path
1742@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1743* K:: -K for compatibility
1744@end ifclear
1745@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1746* K:: -K for difference tables
1747@end ifset
1748
ba83aca1 1749* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1750* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1751* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1752* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1753* o:: -o to name the object file
1754* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1755* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1756* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1757* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1758* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1759* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1760@end menu
1761
1762@node a
83f10cb2 1763@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1764
1765@kindex -a
1766@kindex -ac
1767@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1768@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1769@kindex -ah
1770@kindex -al
1771@kindex -an
1772@kindex -as
1773@cindex listings, enabling
1774@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1775
1776These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1777@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1778You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1779@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1780@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1781@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1782High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1783@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1784also.
1785
83f10cb2
NC
1786Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1787information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1788
252b5132
RH
1789Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1790which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1791other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1792omitted from the listing.
1793
1794Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1795listing.
1796
1797Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1798listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1799@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1800@code{.sbttl}.
1801The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1802If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1803listing-control directives have no effect.
1804
1805The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1806@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1807
96e9638b
BW
1808Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1809because it
c3a27914
NC
1810is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1811is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1812directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1813stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1814memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1815
caa32fe5
NC
1816@node alternate
1817@section @option{--alternate}
1818
1819@kindex --alternate
1820Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1821
252b5132 1822@node D
a4fb0134 1823@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1824
1825@kindex -D
1826This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1827likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1828@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1829
1830@node f
a4fb0134 1831@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1832
1833@kindex -f
1834@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1835@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1836@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1837(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1838and comment preprocessing on
1839the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1840,Preprocessing}.
1841
1842@quotation
1843@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1844preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1845not work correctly.
1846@end quotation
1847
1848@node I
c1253627 1849@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1850
1851@kindex -I @var{path}
1852@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1853@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1854@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1855Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1856@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1857directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1858many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1859working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1860searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1861specified (left to right) on the command line.
1862
1863@node K
a4fb0134 1864@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1865
1866@kindex -K
1867@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1868On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1869permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1870where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1871generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1872family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1873alteration on other platforms.
1874@end ifclear
1875
1876@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1877@cindex difference tables, warning
1878@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1879@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1880form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1881You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1882is done.
1883@end ifset
1884
1885@node L
ba83aca1 1886@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1887
1888@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1889@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1890Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1891@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1892called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1893such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1894programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1895notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1896such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1897
1898This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1899in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1900@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1901
c3a27914 1902@node listing
a4fb0134 1903@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1904
1905The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1906@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1907hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1908them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1909directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1910@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1911@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1912@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1913
a4fb0134 1914@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1915@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1916@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1917@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1918Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1919dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1920
1921@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1922@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1923@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1924Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1925a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1926the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1927switch is used the default is to one.
1928
1929@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1930@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1931@cindex Width of source line output
1932Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1933alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1934source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1935
1936@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1937@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1938@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1939Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1940displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1941@end table
1942
252b5132 1943@node M
a4fb0134 1944@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1945
1946@kindex -M
1947@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1948The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1949changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1950compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1951configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1952MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1953information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1954arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1955assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1956
1957The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1958depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1959file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1960individually. These are:
1961
1962@itemize @bullet
1963@item global symbols in common section
1964
1965The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1966Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1967common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1968symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1969symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1970
1971@item complex relocations
1972
1973The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1974relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1975are not support by other object file formats.
1976
1977@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1978
1979The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1980This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1981instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1982script.
1983
1984@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1985
1986The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1987name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1988
1989@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1990
1991The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1992address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1993which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1994not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1995assigned within a linker script.
1996@end itemize
1997
1998There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1999@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2000seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2001
2002@itemize @bullet
2003
2004@item EBCDIC strings
2005
2006EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2007
2008@item packed binary coded decimal
2009
2010Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2011and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2012
2013@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2014
2015The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2016
2017@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2018
2019The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2020
2021@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2022
2023The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2024@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2025relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2026these options serve no purpose.
2027
2028@item @code{OPT} list control options
2029
2030The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2031@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2032@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2033
2034@item other @code{OPT} options
2035
2036The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2037@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2038
2039@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2040
2041The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2042@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2043
2044@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2045
2046The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2047
2048@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2049
2050The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2051
2052@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2053
2054The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2055
2056@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2057
2058The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2059
2060@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2061
2062The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2063
2064@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2065
2066The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2067
2068@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2069
2070The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2071
2072@end itemize
2073
2074@node MD
c1253627 2075@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2076
2077@kindex --MD
2078@cindex dependency tracking
2079@cindex make rules
2080
a4fb0134 2081@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2082file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2083dependencies of the main source file.
2084
2085The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2086
2087This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2088
2089@node o
a4fb0134 2090@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2091
2092@kindex -o
2093@cindex naming object file
2094@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2095There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2096default it has the name
2097@ifset GENERIC
2098@ifset I960
2099@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2100@end ifset
2101@ifclear I960
2102@file{a.out}.
2103@end ifclear
2104@end ifset
2105@ifclear GENERIC
2106@ifset I960
2107@file{b.out}.
2108@end ifset
2109@ifclear I960
2110@file{a.out}.
2111@end ifclear
2112@end ifclear
2113You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2114object file a different name.
2115
a4fb0134 2116Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2117existing file of the same name.
2118
2119@node R
a4fb0134 2120@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2121
2122@kindex -R
2123@cindex data and text sections, joining
2124@cindex text and data sections, joining
2125@cindex joining text and data sections
2126@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2127@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2128data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2129the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2130section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2131your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2132appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2133
a4fb0134 2134When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2135address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2136data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2137older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2138
c1253627
NC
2139@ifset COFF-ELF
2140When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2141this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2142@samp{.data}.
2143@end ifset
2144
2145@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2146@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2147@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2148@end ifset
2149
2150@node statistics
a4fb0134 2151@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2152
2153@kindex --statistics
2154@cindex statistics, about assembly
2155@cindex time, total for assembly
2156@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2157Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2158@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2159(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2160seconds).
2161
2162@node traditional-format
c1253627 2163@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2164
2165@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2166For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2167from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2168@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2169
2170For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2171@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2172
2173@node v
a4fb0134 2174@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2175
2176@kindex -v
2177@kindex -version
2178@cindex assembler version
2179@cindex version of assembler
2180You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2181option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2182command line.
2183
2184@node W
a4fb0134 2185@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2186
a4fb0134 2187@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2188assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2189cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2190made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2191
c1253627
NC
2192@kindex -W
2193@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2194@cindex suppressing warnings
2195@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2196If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2197This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2198how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2199are still reported.
2200
c1253627 2201@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2202@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2203@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2204If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2205files that generate warnings to be in error.
2206
c1253627 2207@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2208@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2209You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2210causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2211
2212@node Z
a4fb0134 2213@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2214@cindex object file, after errors
2215@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2216After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2217some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2218@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2219option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2220writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2221errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2222
2223@node Syntax
2224@chapter Syntax
2225
2226@cindex machine-independent syntax
2227@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2228This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2229source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2230assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2231@ifclear VAX
2232assembler.
2233@end ifclear
2234@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2235assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2236@end ifset
2237
2238@menu
2239* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2240* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2241* Comments:: Comments
2242* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2243* Statements:: Statements
2244* Constants:: Constants
2245@end menu
2246
2247@node Preprocessing
2248@section Preprocessing
2249
2250@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2251The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2252@itemize @bullet
2253@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2254@item
2255adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2256the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2257a single space.
2258
2259@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2260@item
2261removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2262appropriate number of newlines.
2263
2264@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2265@item
2266converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2267@end itemize
2268
2269It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2270anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2271do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2272(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2273to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2274@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2275Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2276
2277Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2278cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2279preprocessed.
2280
2281@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2282@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2283@kindex #NO_APP
2284@kindex #APP
2285If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2286@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2287Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2288specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2289text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2290@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2291@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2292and whitespace.
2293
2294@node Whitespace
2295@section Whitespace
2296
2297@cindex whitespace
2298@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2299Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2300people to read. Unless within character constants
2301(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2302as exactly one space.
2303
2304@node Comments
2305@section Comments
2306
2307@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2308There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2309cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2310
2311Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2312This means you may not nest these comments.
2313
2314@smallexample
2315/*
2316 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2317 is to use this sort of comment.
2318*/
2319
2320/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2321@end smallexample
2322
2323@cindex line comment character
2324Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2325is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2326@ifset ARC
2327@samp{;} on the ARC;
2328@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2329@ifset ARM
2330@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2331@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2332@ifset H8/300
2333@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2334@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2335@ifset HPPA
2336@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2337@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2338@ifset I80386
2339@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2340@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2341@ifset I960
2342@samp{#} on the i960;
2343@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2344@ifset PDP11
2345@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2346@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2347@ifset PJ
2348@samp{;} for picoJava;
2349@end ifset
418c1742 2350@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2351@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2352@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
2353@ifset S390
2354@samp{#} for IBM S/390;
2355@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
2356@ifset SCORE
2357@samp{#} for the Sunplus SCORE;
2358@end ifset
252b5132 2359@ifset SH
ef230218 2360@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2361@end ifset
2362@ifset SPARC
2363@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2364@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2365@ifset IP2K
2366@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2367@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2368@ifset M32C
2369@samp{#} on the m32c;
2370@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2371@ifset M32R
2372@samp{#} on the m32r;
2373@end ifset
2374@ifset M680X0
2375@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2376@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2377@ifset M68HC11
2378@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2379@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
2380@ifset RX
2381@samp{#} on the RX;
2382@end ifset
40b36596
JM
2383@ifset TIC6X
2384@samp{;} on the TMS320C6X;
2385@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2386@ifset VAX
2387@samp{#} on the Vax;
2388@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2389@ifset Z80
2390@samp{;} for the Z80;
2391@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2392@ifset Z8000
2393@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2394@end ifset
2395@ifset V850
2396@samp{#} on the V850;
2397@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2398@ifset XTENSA
2399@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2400@end ifset
252b5132 2401see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2402@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2403
2404@ifset GENERIC
2405On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2406character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2407a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2408@end ifset
2409
2410@ifset V850
2411The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2412extends to the end of the line.
2413
2414@samp{--};
2415@end ifset
2416
2417@kindex #
2418@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2419@cindex logical line numbers
2420To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2421special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2422expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2423line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2424new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2425
2426If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2427the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2428
2429@smallexample
2430 # This is an ordinary comment.
2431# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2432 # This is logical line # 36.
2433@end smallexample
2434This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2435of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2436
2437@node Symbol Intro
2438@section Symbols
2439
2440@cindex characters used in symbols
2441@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2442A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2443letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2444@samp{_.$}.
2445@end ifclear
2446@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2447@ifclear GENERIC
2448@ifset H8
2449A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2450letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2451@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2452symbol names.)
2453@end ifset
2454@end ifclear
2455@end ifset
2456@ifset GENERIC
2457On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2458are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2459@end ifset
2460No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2461There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2462delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2463(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2464not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2465@cindex length of symbols
2466
2467@node Statements
2468@section Statements
2469
2470@cindex statements, structure of
2471@cindex line separator character
2472@cindex statement separator character
2473@ifclear GENERIC
2474@ifclear abnormal-separator
2475A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2476semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2477the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2478constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2479@end ifclear
2480@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132 2481@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2482A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
252b5132
RH
2483point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2484preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2485constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2486@end ifset
2487@ifset H8
2488A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2489H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2490(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2491the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2492constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2493@end ifset
2494@end ifset
2495@end ifclear
2496@ifset GENERIC
2497A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2498separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2499conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2500newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2501statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2502exception: they do not end statements.
2503@end ifset
2504
2505@cindex newline, required at file end
2506@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2507It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2508character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2509
2510An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2511
2512@cindex instructions and directives
2513@cindex directives and instructions
2514@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2515@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2516@c 13feb91.
2517A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2518key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2519symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2520symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2521directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2522a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2523assembles into a machine language instruction.
2524@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2525Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2526recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2527represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2528language.@refill
2529@end ifset
2530
2531@cindex @code{:} (label)
2532@cindex label (@code{:})
2533A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2534Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2535have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2536
2537@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2538For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2539the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2540only one label may be defined on each line.
2541@end ifset
2542
2543@smallexample
2544label: .directive followed by something
2545another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2546 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2547@end smallexample
2548
2549@node Constants
2550@section Constants
2551
2552@cindex constants
2553A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2554inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2555@smallexample
2556@group
2557.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2558.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2559.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2560.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
256195028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2562@end group
2563@end smallexample
2564
2565@menu
2566* Characters:: Character Constants
2567* Numbers:: Number Constants
2568@end menu
2569
2570@node Characters
2571@subsection Character Constants
2572
2573@cindex character constants
2574@cindex constants, character
2575There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2576for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2577numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2578@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2579used in arithmetic expressions.
2580
2581@menu
2582* Strings:: Strings
2583* Chars:: Characters
2584@end menu
2585
2586@node Strings
2587@subsubsection Strings
2588
2589@cindex string constants
2590@cindex constants, string
2591A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2592double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2593into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2594a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2595one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2596@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2597(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2598escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2599
2600@cindex escape codes, character
2601@cindex character escape codes
2602@table @kbd
2603@c @item \a
2604@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2605@c
2606@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2607@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2608@item \b
2609Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2610
2611@c @item \e
2612@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2613@c
2614@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2615@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2616@item \f
2617Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2618
2619@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2620@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2621@item \n
2622Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2623
2624@c @item \p
2625@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2626@c
2627@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2628@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2629@item \r
2630Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2631
2632@c @item \s
2633@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2634@c other assemblers.
2635@c
2636@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2637@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2638@item \t
2639Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2640
2641@c @item \v
2642@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2643@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2644@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2645@c
2646@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2647@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2648@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2649An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2650For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2651for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2652
2653@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2654@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2655@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2656A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2657lower case @code{x} works.
2658
2659@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2660@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2661@item \\
2662Represents one @samp{\} character.
2663
2664@c @item \'
2665@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2666@c This is needed in single character literals
2667@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2668@c a @samp{'}.
2669@c
2670@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2671@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2672@item \"
2673Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2674this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2675
2676@item \ @var{anything-else}
2677Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2678assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2679you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2680interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2681other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2682code and warns you of the fact.
2683@end table
2684
2685Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2686varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2687the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2688compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2689sequence.
2690
2691@node Chars
2692@subsubsection Characters
2693
2694@cindex single character constant
2695@cindex character, single
2696@cindex constant, single character
2697A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2698followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2699to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2700must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2701@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2702grave accent. A newline
2703@ifclear GENERIC
2704@ifclear abnormal-separator
2705(or semicolon @samp{;})
2706@end ifclear
2707@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2708@ifset H8
2709(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2710Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2711@end ifset
2712@end ifset
2713@end ifclear
2714immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2715and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2716constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2717that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2718@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2719
2720@node Numbers
2721@subsection Number Constants
2722
2723@cindex constants, number
2724@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2725@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2726are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2727would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2728integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2729are floating point numbers, described below.
2730
2731@menu
2732* Integers:: Integers
2733* Bignums:: Bignums
2734* Flonums:: Flonums
2735@ifclear GENERIC
2736@ifset I960
2737* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2738@end ifset
2739@end ifclear
2740@end menu
2741
2742@node Integers
2743@subsubsection Integers
2744@cindex integers
2745@cindex constants, integer
2746
2747@cindex binary integers
2748@cindex integers, binary
2749A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2750the binary digits @samp{01}.
2751
2752@cindex octal integers
2753@cindex integers, octal
2754An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2755digits (@samp{01234567}).
2756
2757@cindex decimal integers
2758@cindex integers, decimal
2759A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2760more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2761
2762@cindex hexadecimal integers
2763@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2764A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2765more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2766
2767Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2768the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2769(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2770
2771@node Bignums
2772@subsubsection Bignums
2773
2774@cindex bignums
2775@cindex constants, bignum
2776A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2777except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2778represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2779integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2780
2781@node Flonums
2782@subsubsection Flonums
2783@cindex flonums
2784@cindex floating point numbers
2785@cindex constants, floating point
2786
2787@cindex precision, floating point
2788A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2789indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2790@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2791sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2792to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2793portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2794
2795A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2796@itemize @bullet
2797@item
2798The digit @samp{0}.
2799@ifset HPPA
2800(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2801@end ifset
2802
2803@item
a4fb0134 2804A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2805@ifset GENERIC
2806@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2807@ignore
2808@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2809(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
28104.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2811@end ignore
2812
7be1c489 2813On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2814and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2815one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2816
2817On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2818(in upper or lower case).
2819
2820On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2821one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2822
2823On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2824@end ifset
2825@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2826@ifset ARC
2827One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2828@end ifset
2829@ifset H8
2830One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2831@end ifset
2832@ifset HPPA
2833The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2834@end ifset
2835@ifset I960
2836One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2837@end ifset
2838@end ifclear
2839
2840@item
2841An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2842
2843@item
2844An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2845
2846@item
2847An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2848or more decimal digits.
2849
2850@item
2851An optional exponent, consisting of:
2852
2853@itemize @bullet
2854@item
2855An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2856@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2857@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2858@item
2859Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2860@item
2861One or more decimal digits.
2862@end itemize
2863
2864@end itemize
2865
2866At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2867present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2868
a4fb0134 2869@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2870independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2871@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2872
2873@ifclear GENERIC
2874@ifset I960
2875@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2876@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2877@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2878@node Bit Fields
2879@subsubsection Bit Fields
2880
2881@cindex bit fields
2882@cindex constants, bit field
2883You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2884Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2885@example
2886@var{mask}:@var{value}
2887@end example
2888@noindent
a4fb0134 2889@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2890@var{value}.
2891
2892The resulting number is then packed
2893@ifset GENERIC
2894@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2895(in host-dependent byte order)
2896@end ifset
2897into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2898bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2899requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2900more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2901least significant digits.@refill
2902
2903The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2904@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2905@end ifset
2906@end ifclear
2907
2908@node Sections
2909@chapter Sections and Relocation
2910@cindex sections
2911@cindex relocation
2912
2913@menu
2914* Secs Background:: Background
2915* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2916* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2917* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2918* bss:: bss Section
2919@end menu
2920
2921@node Secs Background
2922@section Background
2923
2924Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2925``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2926For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2927
2928@cindex linker, and assembler
2929@cindex assembler, and linker
2930The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2931combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2932emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2933@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2934different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2935oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2936sections.
2937
2938@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2939addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2940units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2941within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2942run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2943the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2944the proper run-time addresses.
2945@ifset H8
7be1c489 2946For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2947@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2948ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2949@end ifset
2950
2951@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2952An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2953of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2954@dfn{bss} sections.
2955
c1253627 2956@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2957@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2958When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2959@end ifset
a4fb0134 2960@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2961using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2962If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2963or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2964@end ifset
2965
2966@ifset HPPA
2967@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2968When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2969@end ifset
a4fb0134 2970@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2971specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2972@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2973(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2974assembler directives.
2975
2976@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2977Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2978text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2979is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2980BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2981@end ifset
2982@end ifset
2983
2984Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2985data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2986
2987@ifset HPPA
2988When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2989section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2990@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2991@end ifset
2992
2993To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2994relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2995object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2996@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2997file is mentioned:
2998@itemize @bullet
2999@item
3000Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3001an address?
3002@item
3003How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3004@item
3005Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3006@display
3007(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3008@end display
3009@item
3010Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3011@end itemize
3012
3013@cindex addresses, format of
3014@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3015In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3016@display
3017(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3018@end display
3019@noindent
a4fb0134 3020Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3021nature.
3022@ifset SOM
3023(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3024symbol-relative instead.)
3025@end ifset
3026
3027In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3028@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3029
3030Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3031@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3032addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3033@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3034@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3035data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3036their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3037part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3038address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3039
3040The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3041address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3042rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3043Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3044address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3045common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3046time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3047
3048By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3049the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3050sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3051customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3052the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3053data and bss sections.
3054
3055Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3056use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3057
3058@node Ld Sections
3059@section Linker Sections
3060@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3061
3062@table @strong
3063
c1253627 3064@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3065@cindex named sections
3066@cindex sections, named
3067@item named sections
3068@end ifset
3069@ifset aout-bout
3070@cindex text section
3071@cindex data section
3072@itemx text section
3073@itemx data section
3074@end ifset
a4fb0134 3075These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3076separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3077true of another.
3078@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3079When the program is running, however, it is
3080customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3081text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3082instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3083program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3084in the data section.
c1253627 3085@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3086
3087@cindex bss section
3088@item bss section
3089This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3090is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3091each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3092out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3093bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3094those explicit zeros from object files.
3095
3096@cindex absolute section
3097@item absolute section
3098Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3099This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3100not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3101addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3102
3103@cindex undefined section
3104@item undefined section
3105This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3106the preceding sections.
3107@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3108@end table
3109
3110@cindex relocation example
3111An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3112@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3113The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3114@end ifset
3115Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3116
3117@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3118@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3119@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3120@smallexample
3121 +-----+----+--+
3122partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3123 +-----+----+--+
3124
3125 text data bss
3126 seg. seg. seg.
3127
3128 +---+---+---+
3129partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3130 +---+---+---+
3131
3132 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3133linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3134 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3135
3136 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3137@end smallexample
3138@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3139@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3140@need 5000
3141@tex
c1253627 3142\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3143\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3144\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3145\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3146
3147\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3148\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3149\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3150
3151\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3152\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3153\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3154ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3155DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3156
3157\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3158\line{0\dots\hfil}
3159
3160@end tex
3161@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3162
3163@node As Sections
3164@section Assembler Internal Sections
3165
3166@cindex internal assembler sections
3167@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3168These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3169have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3170sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3171warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3172meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3173value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3174section-relative address.
3175
3176@table @b
3177@cindex assembler internal logic error
3178@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3179An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3180bug in the assembler.
3181
3182@cindex expr (internal section)
3183@item expr section
3184The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3185symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3186it in the expr section.
3187@c FIXME item debug
3188@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3189@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3190@c FIXME item register
3191@end table
3192
3193@node Sub-Sections
3194@section Sub-Sections
3195
3196@cindex numbered subsections
3197@cindex grouping data
3198@ifset aout-bout
3199Assembled bytes
c1253627 3200@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3201conventionally
3202@end ifset
3203fall into two sections: text and data.
3204@end ifset
3205You may have separate groups of
3206@ifset GENERIC
3207data in named sections
3208@end ifset
3209@ifclear GENERIC
3210@ifclear aout-bout
3211data in named sections
3212@end ifclear
3213@ifset aout-bout
3214text or data
3215@end ifset
3216@end ifclear
3217that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3218are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3219use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3220numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3221same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3222subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3223section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3224assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3225section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3226constants being output.
3227
3228Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3229goes in subsection number zero.
3230
3231@ifset GENERIC
3232Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3233(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3234of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3235@end ifset
3236@ifclear GENERIC
3237@ifset H8
7be1c489 3238On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3239boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3240The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3241@end ifset
3242@ifset I960
3243@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3244@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3245@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3246@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3247@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3248@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3249@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3250@end ifclear
3251
3252Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3253to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3254The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3255other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3256They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3257data subsections as a data section.
3258
3259To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3260into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3261@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3262@ifset COFF
252b5132 3263@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3264When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3265@end ifset
3266@ifclear GENERIC
3267You
3268@end ifclear
3269can also use an extra subsection
3270argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3271@var{expression}}.
3272@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3273@ifset ELF
3274@ifset GENERIC
3275When generating ELF output, you
3276@end ifset
3277@ifclear GENERIC
3278You
3279@end ifclear
3280can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3281to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3282@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3283@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3284(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3285is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3286begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3287@smallexample
3288.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3289.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3290.text 1
3291.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3292.data 0
3293.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3294.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3295.text 0
3296.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3297.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3298@end smallexample
3299
3300Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3301assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3302restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3303counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3304@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3305current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3306assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3307
3308@node bss
3309@section bss Section
3310
3311@cindex bss section
3312@cindex common variable storage
3313The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3314You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3315not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3316your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3317section are zeroed bytes.
3318
3319The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3320@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3321
3322The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3323another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3324
3325@ifset GENERIC
3326When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3327COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3328see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3329section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3330@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3331@end ifset
3332
3333@node Symbols
3334@chapter Symbols
3335
3336@cindex symbols
3337Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3338things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3339to debug.
3340
3341@quotation
3342@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3343@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3344the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3345@end quotation
3346
3347@menu
3348* Labels:: Labels
3349* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3350* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3351* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3352* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3353@end menu
3354
3355@node Labels
3356@section Labels
3357
3358@cindex labels
3359A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3360@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3361active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3362operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3363different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3364definitions.
3365
3366@ifset HPPA
3367On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3368colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3369a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3370provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3371@end ifset
3372
3373@node Setting Symbols
3374@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3375
3376@cindex assigning values to symbols
3377@cindex symbol values, assigning
3378A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3379by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3380(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3381directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3382equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3383@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3384
f8739b83
JZ
3385@ifset Blackfin
3386Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3387@end ifset
3388
252b5132
RH
3389@node Symbol Names
3390@section Symbol Names
3391
3392@cindex symbol names
3393@cindex names, symbol
3394@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3395Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3396machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3397noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3398string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3399particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3400@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3401@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3402@ifset H8
3403Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3404Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3405character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3406on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3407@end ifset
3408@end ifset
3409
3410Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3411than @code{Foo}.
3412
3413Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3414refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3415in a program.
3416
3417@subheading Local Symbol Names
3418
3419@cindex local symbol names
3420@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3421A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3422By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3423@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3424set of local label prefixes.
3425@ifset HPPA
3426On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3427@end ifset
3428
3429Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3430normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3431You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3432@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3433
3434@subheading Local Labels
3435
3436@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3437@cindex temporary symbol names
3438@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3439Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3440They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3441the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3442To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3443represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3444definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3445you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3446@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3447for ``forwards''.
3448
3449There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3450too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3451the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3452defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3453definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3454noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3455implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3456
3457Here is an example:
3458
3459@smallexample
34601: branch 1f
34612: branch 1b
34621: branch 2f
34632: branch 1b
3464@end smallexample
3465
3466Which is the equivalent of:
3467
3468@smallexample
3469label_1: branch label_3
3470label_2: branch label_1
3471label_3: branch label_4
3472label_4: branch label_3
3473@end smallexample
3474
ba83aca1 3475Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3476transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3477The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3478are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3479these parts:
252b5132
RH
3480
3481@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3482@item @emph{local label prefix}
3483All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3484Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3485that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3486used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3487@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3488object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3489you may use them in debugging.
3490
2d5aaba0
NC
3491@item @var{number}
3492This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3493label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3494
2d5aaba0
NC
3495@item @kbd{C-B}
3496This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3497of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3498
3499@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3500This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3501@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3502number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3503the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3504@end table
3505
ba83aca1
BW
3506So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3507the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3508
3509@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3510@cindex dollar local symbols
3511
3512@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3513dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3514soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3515region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3516scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3517the same local label.
3518
3519Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3520except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3521@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3522
3523They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3524names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3525to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3526@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3527
3528@node Dot
3529@section The Special Dot Symbol
3530
3531@cindex dot (symbol)
3532@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3533@cindex current address
3534@cindex location counter
3535The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3536@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3537.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3538Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3539directive.
252b5132 3540@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3541Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3542@samp{.space 4}.
3543@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3544
3545@node Symbol Attributes
3546@section Symbol Attributes
3547
3548@cindex symbol attributes
3549@cindex attributes, symbol
3550Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3551``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3552attributes.
3553@ifset INTERNALS
3554The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3555@end ifset
3556
a4fb0134 3557If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3558all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3559symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3560would want.
3561
3562@menu
3563* Symbol Value:: Value
3564* Symbol Type:: Type
3565@ifset aout-bout
3566@ifset GENERIC
3567* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3568@end ifset
3569@ifclear GENERIC
3570@ifclear BOUT
3571* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3572@end ifclear
3573@ifset BOUT
3574* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3575@end ifset
3576@end ifclear
3577@end ifset
3578@ifset COFF
3579* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3580@end ifset
3581@ifset SOM
3582* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3583@end ifset
3584@end menu
3585
3586@node Symbol Value
3587@subsection Value
3588
3589@cindex value of a symbol
3590@cindex symbol value
3591The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3592location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3593number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3594Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3595as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3596symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3597called absolute.
3598
3599The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
36000 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3601@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3602same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3603name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3604common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3605bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3606allocated storage.
3607
3608@node Symbol Type
3609@subsection Type
3610
3611@cindex type of a symbol
3612@cindex symbol type
3613The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3614information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3615(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3616format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3617
3618@ifset aout-bout
3619@ifclear GENERIC
3620@ifset BOUT
3621@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3622@c better if it were available outside examples.
3623@need 1000
3624@node a.out Symbols
3625@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3626
3627@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3628@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3629These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3630one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3631@code{b.out}.
3632
3633@end ifset
3634@ifclear BOUT
3635@node a.out Symbols
3636@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3637
3638@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3639@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3640
3641@end ifclear
3642@end ifclear
3643@ifset GENERIC
3644@node a.out Symbols
3645@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3646
3647@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3648@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3649
3650@end ifset
3651@menu
3652* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3653* Symbol Other:: Other
3654@end menu
3655
3656@node Symbol Desc
3657@subsubsection Descriptor
3658
3659@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3660This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3661descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3662(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3663@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3664
3665@node Symbol Other
3666@subsubsection Other
3667
3668@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3669This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3670@end ifset
3671
3672@ifset COFF
3673@node COFF Symbols
3674@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3675
3676@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3677@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3678
3679The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3680like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3681@code{.endef} directives.
3682
3683@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3684
3685@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3686The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3687respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3688
3689@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3690
3691@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3692The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3693@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3694table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3695@end ifset
3696
3697@ifset SOM
3698@node SOM Symbols
3699@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3700
3701@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3702@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3703
3704The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3705the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3706
01642c12 3707The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3708Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3709@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3710@end ifset
3711
3712@node Expressions
3713@chapter Expressions
3714
3715@cindex expressions
3716@cindex addresses
3717@cindex numeric values
3718An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3719Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3720
3721The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3722a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3723enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3724section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3725the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3726@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3727
3728@menu
3729* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3730* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3731@end menu
3732
3733@node Empty Exprs
3734@section Empty Expressions
3735
3736@cindex empty expressions
3737@cindex expressions, empty
3738An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3739Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3740expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3741is compatible with other assemblers.
3742
3743@node Integer Exprs
3744@section Integer Expressions
3745
3746@cindex integer expressions
3747@cindex expressions, integer
3748An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3749by @emph{operators}.
3750
3751@menu
3752* Arguments:: Arguments
3753* Operators:: Operators
3754* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3755* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3756@end menu
3757
3758@node Arguments
3759@subsection Arguments
3760
3761@cindex expression arguments
3762@cindex arguments in expressions
3763@cindex operands in expressions
3764@cindex arithmetic operands
3765@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3766contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3767this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3768the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3769expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3770instruction operands.
3771
3772Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3773@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3774or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3775integer.
3776
3777Numbers are usually integers.
3778
3779A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3780that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3781these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3782instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3783assemblers.
3784
3785@cindex subexpressions
3786Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3787expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3788operator followed by an argument.
3789
3790@node Operators
3791@subsection Operators
3792
3793@cindex operators, in expressions
3794@cindex arithmetic functions
3795@cindex functions, in expressions
3796@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3797operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3798between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3799whitespace.
3800
3801@node Prefix Ops
3802@subsection Prefix Operator
3803
3804@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3805@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3806one argument, which must be absolute.
3807
3808@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3809@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3810@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3811@tex
3812\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3813@end tex
3814
3815@table @code
3816@item -
3817@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3818@item ~
3819@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3820@end table
3821
3822@tex
3823\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3824@end tex
3825
3826@node Infix Ops
3827@subsection Infix Operators
3828
3829@cindex infix operators
3830@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3831@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3832have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3833to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3834absolute, and the result is absolute.
3835
3836@enumerate
3837@cindex operator precedence
3838@cindex precedence of operators
3839
3840@item
3841Highest Precedence
3842
3843@table @code
3844@item *
3845@dfn{Multiplication}.
3846
3847@item /
3848@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3849
3850@item %
3851@dfn{Remainder}.
3852
d1eac9d9 3853@item <<
252b5132
RH
3854@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3855
d1eac9d9 3856@item >>
252b5132
RH
3857@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3858@end table
3859
3860@item
3861Intermediate precedence
3862
3863@table @code
3864@item |
3865
3866@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3867
3868@item &
3869@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3870
3871@item ^
3872@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3873
3874@item !
3875@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3876@end table
3877
3878@item
b131d4dc 3879Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3880
3881@table @code
3882@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3883@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3884@cindex arguments for addition
3885@item +
3886@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3887the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3888sections.
3889
3890@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3891@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3892@cindex arguments for subtraction
3893@item -
3894@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3895result has the section of the left argument.
3896If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3897You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3898@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3899
3900@cindex comparison expressions
3901@cindex expressions, comparison
3902@item ==
3903@dfn{Is Equal To}
3904@item <>
723a8472 3905@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3906@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3907@item <
3908@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3909@item >
b131d4dc 3910@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3911@item >=
b131d4dc 3912@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3913@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3914@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3915
3916The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3917value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3918perform signed comparisons.
3919@end table
3920
3921@item Lowest Precedence
3922
3923@table @code
3924@item &&
3925@dfn{Logical And}.
3926
3927@item ||
3928@dfn{Logical Or}.
3929
3930These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3931expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3932value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3933or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3934
252b5132
RH
3935@end table
3936@end enumerate
3937
3938In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3939address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3940
3941@node Pseudo Ops
3942@chapter Assembler Directives
3943
3944@cindex directives, machine independent
3945@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3946@cindex machine independent directives
3947All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3948The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3949
3950This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3951target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3952@ifset GENERIC
3953Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3954@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3955@end ifset
3956@ifclear GENERIC
3957@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3958@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3959@end ifset
3960@end ifclear
3961
3962@menu
3963* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3964@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3965* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3966@end ifset
f0dc282c 3967
252b5132 3968* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3969* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3970* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3971* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3972* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3973* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3974* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3975* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3976* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3977@ifset COFF
3978* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3979@end ifset
3980@ifset aout-bout
3981* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3982@end ifset
3983@ifset COFF
3984* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3985@end ifset
f0dc282c 3986
252b5132
RH
3987* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3988* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3989* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3990* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3991* End:: @code{.end}
3992@ifset COFF
3993* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3994@end ifset
f0dc282c 3995
252b5132
RH
3996* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3997* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3998* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3999* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4000* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4001* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4002* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4003* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4004* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4005* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4006* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4007* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4008* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4009* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4010* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4011@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4012* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4013* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4014@end ifset
f0dc282c 4015
252b5132
RH
4016* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4017* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4018* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4019* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4020* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4021* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4022@ifset ELF
4023* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4024@end ifset
f0dc282c 4025
252b5132
RH
4026* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4027* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4028* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4029* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4030@ifclear no-line-dir
4031* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4032@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4033
252b5132
RH
4034* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4035* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4036* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4037* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4038* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4039@ifset ELF
4040* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4041@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4042
252b5132
RH
4043* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4044@ignore
4045* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4046@end ignore
f0dc282c 4047
252b5132
RH
4048* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4049* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4050* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4051* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4052* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
4053* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4054* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4055@ifset ELF
4056* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4057* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4058@end ifset
f0dc282c 4059
252b5132 4060* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4061@ifset ELF
4062* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4063@end ifset
f0dc282c 4064
252b5132
RH
4065* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4066* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4067@ifset ELF
4068* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4069@end ifset
f0dc282c 4070
252b5132 4071* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4072* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4073* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4074* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4075@ifset COFF
4076* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4077@end ifset
4078@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4079* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4080@end ifset
f0dc282c 4081
252b5132
RH
4082* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4083* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4084* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4085@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4086* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4087@end ifset
884f0d36 4088@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4089* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4090@end ifclear
4091
252b5132 4092* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4093@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4094* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4095@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4096@ifset have-stabs
4097* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4098@end ifset
f0dc282c 4099
38a57ae7 4100* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4101* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4102@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4103* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4104* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4105@end ifset
f0dc282c 4106
252b5132
RH
4107@ifset COFF
4108* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4109@end ifset
f0dc282c 4110
252b5132
RH
4111* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4112* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4113@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4114* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4115@end ifset
4116
c91d2e08 4117* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4118@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4119* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4120@end ifset
f0dc282c 4121
2e13b764 4122@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4123* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4124* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4125* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4126@end ifset
f0dc282c 4127
d190d046 4128* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4129* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4130* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4131* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4132* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4133@end menu
4134
4135@node Abort
4136@section @code{.abort}
4137
4138@cindex @code{abort} directive
4139@cindex stopping the assembly
4140This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4141compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4142assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4143of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4144quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4145
4146@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4147@node ABORT (COFF)
4148@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4149
4150@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4151When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4152synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4153
4154@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4155When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4156but ignores it.
4157@end ifset
4158@end ifset
4159
4160@node Align
4161@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4162
4163@cindex padding the location counter
4164@cindex @code{align} directive
4165Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4166boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4167required, as described below.
4168
4169The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4170padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4171padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4172marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4173with no-op instructions.
4174
4175The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4176it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4177directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4178specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4179fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4180required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4181with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4182
4183The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4184For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4185s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4186alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4187the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4188is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4189first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4190
9e9a9798 4191For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4192strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4193number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4194advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4195counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4196multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4197
4198This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4199native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4200GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4201described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4202architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4203
ccf8a69b
BW
4204@node Altmacro
4205@section @code{.altmacro}
4206Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4207
4208@ftable @code
4209@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4210One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4211generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4212replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4213replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4214separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4215define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4216
4217@item String delimiters
4218You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4219@code{"@var{string}"}:
4220
4221@table @code
4222@item '@var{string}'
4223You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4224
4225@item <@var{string}>
4226You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4227@end table
4228
4229@item single-character string escape
4230To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4231character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4232character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4233write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4234
4235@item Expression results as strings
4236You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4237and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4238@end ftable
4239
252b5132
RH
4240@node Ascii
4241@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4242
4243@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4244@cindex string literals
4245@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4246separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4247trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4248
4249@node Asciz
4250@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4251
4252@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4253@cindex zero-terminated strings
4254@cindex null-terminated strings
4255@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4256a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4257
4258@node Balign
4259@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4260
4261@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4262@cindex @code{balign} directive
4263Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4264storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4265alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4266the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4267is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4268
4269The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4270padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4271padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4272marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4273with no-op instructions.
4274
4275The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4276it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4277directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4278specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4279fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4280required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4281with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4282
4283@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4284@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4285The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4286@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4287pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4288fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
42894,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4290filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4291the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4292undefined.
4293
4294@node Byte
4295@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4296
4297@cindex @code{byte} directive
4298@cindex integers, one byte
4299@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4300Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4301
54cfded0 4302@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4303@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4304@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4305@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4306should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4307If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4308if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4309To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4310directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4311
4b7d318b 4312@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4313@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4314@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4315should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4316data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4317@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4318
01642c12 4319Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4320it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4321
54cfded0
AM
4322@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4323@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4324@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4325unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4326@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4327
9b8ae42e
JJ
4328@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4329@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4330@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4331should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4332argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4333a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4334the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4335can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4336The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4337no personality routine.
4338
4339@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4340@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4341@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4342should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4343argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4344or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4345no LSDA.
4346
54cfded0 4347@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4348@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4349address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4350
4351@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4352@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4353now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4354remains the same.
4355
4356@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4357@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4358remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4359absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4360CFA address.
4361
4362@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4363Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4364value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4365
4366@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4367Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4368CFA.
54cfded0 4369
17076204
RH
4370@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4371Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4372the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4373using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4374This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4375code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4376
4b7d318b
L
4377@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4378Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4379
4380@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4381@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4382same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4383instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4384
4385@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4386From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4387
4388@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4389Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4390i.e. no restoration needed.
4391
01642c12
RM
4392@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4393First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4394then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4395everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4396the previous saved state.
4397
4398@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4399Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4400directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4401
63752a75
JJ
4402@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4403Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4404
6749011b 4405@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4406SPARC register window has been saved.
4407
cdfbf930
RH
4408@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4409Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4410might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4411opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4412
f1c4cc75
RH
4413@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4414The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4415will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4416description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4417
4418The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4419limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4420mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4421by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4422or another register.
4423
ccf8a69b
BW
4424@node Comm
4425@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4426
ccf8a69b
BW
4427@cindex @code{comm} directive
4428@cindex symbol, common
4429@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4430common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4431of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4432definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4433allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4434absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4435the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4436using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4437
c1711530
DK
4438@ifset COFF-ELF
4439When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4440an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4441specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4442that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4443as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4444boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4445power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4446common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4447alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4448largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4449maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4450is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4451@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4452multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4453It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4454(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4455@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4456
ccf8a69b
BW
4457@ifset HPPA
4458The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4459@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4460@end ifset
07a53e5c 4461
252b5132
RH
4462@node Data
4463@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4464
4465@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4466@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4467end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4468absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4469to zero.
4470
4471@ifset COFF
4472@node Def
4473@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4474
4475@cindex @code{def} directive
4476@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4477@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4478Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4479definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4480@ifset BOUT
4481
a4fb0134 4482This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4483format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4484but ignored.
4485@end ifset
4486@end ifset
4487
4488@ifset aout-bout
4489@node Desc
4490@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4491
4492@cindex @code{desc} directive
4493@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4494@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4495This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4496to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4497
4498@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4499The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4500configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4501object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4502it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4503@end ifset
4504@end ifset
4505
4506@ifset COFF
4507@node Dim
4508@section @code{.dim}
4509
4510@cindex @code{dim} directive
4511@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4512@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4513This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4514information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4515@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4516@ifset BOUT
4517
4518@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4519@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4520ignores it.
4521@end ifset
4522@end ifset
4523
4524@node Double
4525@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4526
4527@cindex @code{double} directive
4528@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4529@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4530assembles floating point numbers.
4531@ifset GENERIC
4532The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4533@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4534@end ifset
4535@ifclear GENERIC
4536@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4537On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4538in @sc{ieee} format.
4539@end ifset
4540@end ifclear
4541
4542@node Eject
4543@section @code{.eject}
4544
4545@cindex @code{eject} directive
4546@cindex new page, in listings
4547@cindex page, in listings
4548@cindex listing control: new page
4549Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4550
4551@node Else
4552@section @code{.else}
4553
4554@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4555@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4556assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4557of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4558was false.
4559
3fd9f047
TW
4560@node Elseif
4561@section @code{.elseif}
4562
4563@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4564@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4565assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4566@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4567
252b5132
RH
4568@node End
4569@section @code{.end}
4570
4571@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4572@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4573process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4574
4575@ifset COFF
4576@node Endef
4577@section @code{.endef}
4578
4579@cindex @code{endef} directive
4580This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4581@code{.def}.
4582@ifset BOUT
4583
4584@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4585@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4586directive but ignores it.
4587@end ifset
4588@end ifset
4589
4590@node Endfunc
4591@section @code{.endfunc}
4592@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4593@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4594
4595@node Endif
4596@section @code{.endif}
4597
4598@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4599@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4600it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4601conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4602
4603@node Equ
4604@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4605
4606@cindex @code{equ} directive
4607@cindex assigning values to symbols
4608@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4609This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4610It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4611
4612@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4613The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4614@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4615@end ifset
4616
3c9b82ba 4617@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4618The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4619@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4620On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4621but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4622Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4623@end ifset
4624
252b5132
RH
4625@node Equiv
4626@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4627@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4628The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4629the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4630symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4631undefined.
252b5132 4632
01642c12 4633Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4634@smallexample
4635.ifdef SYM
4636.err
4637.endif
4638.equ SYM,VAL
4639@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4640plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4641
4642@node Eqv
4643@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4644@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4645The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4646evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4647the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4648value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4649
4650@node Err
4651@section @code{.err}
4652@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4653If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4654message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4655object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4656
d190d046
HPN
4657@node Error
4658@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4659@cindex error directive
4660
4661Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4662string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4663message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4664@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4665
4666@smallexample
4667 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4668@end smallexample
4669
252b5132
RH
4670@node Exitm
4671@section @code{.exitm}
4672Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4673
4674@node Extern
4675@section @code{.extern}
4676
4677@cindex @code{extern} directive
4678@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4679with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4680all undefined symbols as external.
4681
4682@node Fail
4683@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4684
4685@cindex @code{fail} directive
4686Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4687or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4688than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4689include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4690complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4691
252b5132 4692@node File
14082c76 4693@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4694@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4695
4696@ifclear no-file-dir
4697There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4698that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4699@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4700
4701@subheading Default Version
4702
252b5132
RH
4703@cindex logical file name
4704@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4705This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4706are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4707
4708@smallexample
4709.file @var{string}
4710@end smallexample
4711
4712@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4713recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4714to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4715statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4716old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4717
4718@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4719@end ifclear
4720
14082c76
BW
4721When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4722to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4723
4724@smallexample
4725.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4726@end smallexample
4727
4728The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4729index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4730literal.
4731
4732The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4733table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4734information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4735entries will have.
4736
252b5132
RH
4737@node Fill
4738@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4739
4740@cindex @code{fill} directive
4741@cindex writing patterns in memory
4742@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4743@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4744This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4745may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4746more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4747other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4748is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4749zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4750byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4751Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4752@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4753compatible with other people's assemblers.
4754
4755@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4756If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4757assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4758@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4759
4760@node Float
4761@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4762
4763@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4764@cindex @code{float} directive
4765This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4766has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4767@ifset GENERIC
4768The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4769@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4770@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4771@end ifset
4772@ifclear GENERIC
4773@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4774On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4775in @sc{ieee} format.
4776@end ifset
4777@end ifclear
4778
4779@node Func
4780@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4781@cindex @code{func} directive
4782@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4783is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4784Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4785@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4786prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4787@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4788All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4789The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4790
4791@node Global
4792@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4793
4794@cindex @code{global} directive
4795@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4796@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4797@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4798other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4799@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4800from another file linked into the same program.
4801
4802Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4803compatibility with other assemblers.
4804
4805@ifset HPPA
4806On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4807partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4808@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4809@end ifset
4810
c91d2e08 4811@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4812@node Gnu_attribute
4813@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4814Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4815
c91d2e08
NC
4816@node Hidden
4817@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4818
c1253627
NC
4819@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4820@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4821This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4822@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4823@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4824
4825This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4826their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4827@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4828Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4829@end ifset
4830
252b5132
RH
4831@node hword
4832@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4833
4834@cindex @code{hword} directive
4835@cindex integers, 16-bit
4836@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4837@cindex sixteen bit integers
4838This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4839a 16 bit number for each.
4840
4841@ifset GENERIC
4842This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4843architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4844@end ifset
4845@ifclear GENERIC
4846@ifset W32
4847This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4848@end ifset
4849@ifset W16
4850This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4851@end ifset
4852@end ifclear
4853
4854@node Ident
4855@section @code{.ident}
4856
4857@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4858
4859This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4860behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4861a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4862source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4863for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4864@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4865emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4866
4867@node If
4868@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4869
4870@cindex conditional assembly
4871@cindex @code{if} directive
4872@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4873considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4874(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4875the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4876(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4877alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4878If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4879nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4880
4881The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4882@table @code
4883@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4884@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4885Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4886has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4887is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4888
26aca5f6
JB
4889@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4890@item .ifb @var{text}
4891Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4892
252b5132
RH
4893@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4894@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4895Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4896strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4897the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4898end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4899string comparison is case sensitive.
4900
4901@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4902@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4903Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4904
4905@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4906@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4907Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4908
4909@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4910@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4911Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4912equal to zero.
4913
4914@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4915@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4916Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4917
4918@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4919@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4920Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4921to zero.
4922
4923@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4924@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4925Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4926
26aca5f6
JB
4927@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4928@item .ifnb @var{text}
4929Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4930following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4931
252b5132
RH
4932@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4933@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4934Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4935following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4936
4937@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4938@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4939@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4940@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4941Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4942has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4943which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4944
4945@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4946@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4947Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4948(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4949
4950@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4951@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4952Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4953following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4954@end table
4955
7e005732
NC
4956@node Incbin
4957@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4958
4959@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4960@cindex binary files, including
4961The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4962location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4963option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4964around @var{file}.
4965
4966The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4967@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4968read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4969responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4970after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4971
252b5132
RH
4972@node Include
4973@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4974
4975@cindex @code{include} directive
4976@cindex supporting files, including
4977@cindex files, including
4978This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4979points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4980if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4981included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4982can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4983(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4984around @var{file}.
4985
4986@node Int
4987@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4988
4989@cindex @code{int} directive
4990@cindex integers, 32-bit
4991Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4992For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4993expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4994of target the assembly is for.
4995
4996@ifclear GENERIC
4997@ifset H8
7be1c489 4998On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4999integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
500032-bit integers.
5001@end ifset
5002@end ifclear
5003
c91d2e08
NC
5004@ifset ELF
5005@node Internal
5006@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5007
c1253627
NC
5008@cindex @code{internal} directive
5009@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5010This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5011@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5012@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5013
5014This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5015their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5016@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5017(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5018processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5019@end ifset
5020
252b5132
RH
5021@node Irp
5022@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5023
5024@cindex @code{irp} directive
5025Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5026The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5027terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5028set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5029@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5030@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5031sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5032
5033For example, assembling
5034
5035@example
5036 .irp param,1,2,3
5037 move d\param,sp@@-
5038 .endr
5039@end example
5040
5041is equivalent to assembling
5042
5043@example
5044 move d1,sp@@-
5045 move d2,sp@@-
5046 move d3,sp@@-
5047@end example
5048
96e9638b 5049For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5050
252b5132
RH
5051@node Irpc
5052@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5053
5054@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5055Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5056The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5057terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5058@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5059assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5060assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5061@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5062
5063For example, assembling
5064
5065@example
5066 .irpc param,123
5067 move d\param,sp@@-
5068 .endr
5069@end example
5070
5071is equivalent to assembling
5072
5073@example
5074 move d1,sp@@-
5075 move d2,sp@@-
5076 move d3,sp@@-
5077@end example
5078
5e75c3ab
JB
5079For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5080at @xref{Macro}.
5081
252b5132
RH
5082@node Lcomm
5083@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5084
5085@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5086@cindex local common symbols
5087@cindex symbols, local common
5088Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5089denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5090those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5091section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5092is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5093not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5094
5095@ifset GENERIC
5096Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5097argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5098@end ifset
5099
5100@ifset HPPA
5101The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5102@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5103@end ifset
5104
5105@node Lflags
5106@section @code{.lflags}
5107
5108@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5109@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5110assemblers, but ignores it.
5111
5112@ifclear no-line-dir
5113@node Line
5114@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5115
5116@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5117@cindex logical line number
5118@ifset aout-bout
5119Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5120expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5121statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5122reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5123@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5124for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5125@end ifset
5126
252b5132 5127Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5128@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5129when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5130were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5131@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5132
5133Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5134used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5135debugging.
5136@end ifclear
5137
5138@node Linkonce
5139@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5140@cindex COMDAT
5141@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5142@cindex common sections
5143Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5144This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5145but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5146The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5147Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5148unique.
5149
5150This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5151writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5152Executable format used on Windows NT.
5153
5154The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5155following strings. For example:
5156@smallexample
5157.linkonce same_size
5158@end smallexample
5159Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5160
5161@table @code
5162@item discard
5163Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5164
5165@item one_only
5166Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5167
5168@item same_size
5169Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5170
5171@item same_contents
5172Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5173@end table
5174
ccf8a69b
BW
5175@node List
5176@section @code{.list}
5177
5178@cindex @code{list} directive
5179@cindex listing control, turning on
5180Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5181not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5182internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5183counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5184generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5185
5186By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5187@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5188the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5189
252b5132
RH
5190@node Ln
5191@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5192
5193@cindex @code{ln} directive
5194@ifclear no-line-dir
5195@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5196@end ifclear
5197@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5198Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5199must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5200line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5201statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5202line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5203@ifset BOUT
5204
a4fb0134 5205This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5206configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5207output format.
5208@end ifset
5209@end ifset
5210
ccf8a69b
BW
5211@node Loc
5212@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5213@cindex @code{loc} directive
5214When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5215the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5216number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5217instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5218arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5219the row is added.
252b5132 5220
ccf8a69b
BW
5221The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5222
5223@table @code
5224@item basic_block
5225This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5226@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5227
5228@item prologue_end
5229This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5230@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5231
5232@item epilogue_begin
5233This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5234@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5235
5236@item is_stmt @var{value}
5237This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5238@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5239either 0 or 1.
5240
5241@item isa @var{value}
5242This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5243state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5244
92846e72
CC
5245@item discriminator @var{value}
5246This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5247state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5248
ccf8a69b
BW
5249@end table
5250
5251@node Loc_mark_labels
5252@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5253@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5254When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5255the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5256to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5257register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5258The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5259this function respectively.
252b5132 5260
4d4175af
BW
5261@ifset ELF
5262@node Local
5263@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5264
5265@cindex @code{local} directive
5266This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5267the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5268will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5269they will be created.
5270
5271For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5272accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5273the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5274(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5275@end ifset
5276
252b5132
RH
5277@node Long
5278@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5279
5280@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5281@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5282
5283@ignore
5284@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5285@c what it really ought to do
5286@node Lsym
5287@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5288
5289@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5290@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5291@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5292the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5293rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5294the same as the expression value:
5295@smallexample
5296@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5297@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5298@var{value} = @var{expression}
5299@end smallexample
5300@noindent
5301The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5302@end ignore
5303
5304@node Macro
5305@section @code{.macro}
5306
5307@cindex macros
5308The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5309generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5310@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5311
5312@example
5313 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5314 .long \from
5315 .if \to-\from
5316 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5317 .endif
5318 .endm
5319@end example
5320
5321@noindent
5322With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5323
5324@example
5325 .long 0
5326 .long 1
5327 .long 2
5328 .long 3
5329 .long 4
5330 .long 5
5331@end example
5332
5333@ftable @code
5334@item .macro @var{macname}
5335@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5336@cindex @code{macro} directive
5337Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5338definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5339separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5340indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5341@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5342(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5343macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5344cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5345subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5346definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5347
5348@table @code
5349@item .macro comm
5350Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5351arguments.
5352
6258339f 5353@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5354@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5355Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5356which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5357@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5358
5359@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5360Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5361arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5362After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5363@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5364@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5365,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5366@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5367
6eaeac8a
JB
5368@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5369Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5370arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5371not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5372will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5373
252b5132
RH
5374When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5375position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5376@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5377
6258339f
NC
5378@end table
5379
5e75c3ab
JB
5380Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5381as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5382occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5383characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5384(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5385architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5386character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5387replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5388construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5389identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5390this macro definition:
5391
5392@example
5393 .macro label l
5394\l:
5395 .endm
5396@end example
5397
5398might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5399called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5400assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5401identifier.
5402
5403Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5404which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5405for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5406length specifier like this:
5407
5408@example
5409 .macro opcode base length
5410 \base.\length
5411 .endm
5412@end example
5413
5414and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5415instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5416interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5417
5418There are several possible ways around this problem:
5419
5420@table @code
5421@item Insert white space
5422If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5423solution. eg:
5424
5425@example
5426 .macro label l
5427\l :
5428 .endm
5429@end example
5430
5431@item Use @samp{\()}
5432The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5433the following text. eg:
5434
5435@example
5436 .macro opcode base length
5437 \base\().\length
5438 .endm
5439@end example
5440
5441@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5442In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5443used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5444
5445@example
5446 .altmacro
5447 .macro label l
5448l&:
5449 .endm
5450@end example
6258339f 5451@end table
5e75c3ab 5452
96e9638b 5453Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5454also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5455and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5456
252b5132
RH
5457@item .endm
5458@cindex @code{endm} directive
5459Mark the end of a macro definition.
5460
5461@item .exitm
5462@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5463Exit early from the current macro definition.
5464
5465@cindex number of macros executed
5466@cindex macros, count executed
5467@item \@@
a4fb0134 5468@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5469executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5470output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5471
252b5132
RH
5472@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5473@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5474macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5475@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5476@end ftable
252b5132 5477
ccf8a69b
BW
5478@node MRI
5479@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5480
ccf8a69b
BW
5481@cindex @code{mri} directive
5482@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5483If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5484@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5485affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5486of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5487
caa32fe5
NC
5488@node Noaltmacro
5489@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5490Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5491
252b5132
RH
5492@node Nolist
5493@section @code{.nolist}
5494
5495@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5496@cindex listing control, turning off
5497Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5498not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5499internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5500counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5501generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5502
5503@node Octa
5504@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5505
5506@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5507@cindex @code{octa} directive
5508@cindex integer, 16-byte
5509@cindex sixteen byte integer
5510This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5511bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5512
5513The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5514hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5515
5516@node Org
5517@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5518
5519@cindex @code{org} directive
5520@cindex location counter, advancing
5521@cindex advancing location counter
5522@cindex current address, advancing
5523Advance the location counter of the current section to
5524@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5525expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5526you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5527wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5528with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5529@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5530is the same as the current subsection.
5531
5532@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5533unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5534backwards.
5535
5536@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5537@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5538@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5539Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5540may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5541a chance to share your improved assembler.
5542
5543Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5544to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5545people's assemblers.
5546
5547When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5548intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5549absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5550@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5551
5552@node P2align
5553@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5554
5555@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5556@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5557Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5558storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5559number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5560advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5561counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5562multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5563
5564The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5565padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5566padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5567marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5568with no-op instructions.
5569
5570The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5571it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5572directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5573specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5574fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5575required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5576with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5577
5578@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5579@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5580The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5581@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5582pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5583fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
55842,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5585filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5586the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5587undefined.
5588
ccf8a69b
BW
5589@ifset ELF
5590@node PopSection
5591@section @code{.popsection}
5592
5593@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5594@cindex Section Stack
5595This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5596@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5597@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5598(@pxref{Previous}).
5599
5600This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5601section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5602stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5603@end ifset
5604
c91d2e08
NC
5605@ifset ELF
5606@node Previous
5607@section @code{.previous}
5608
c1253627 5609@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5610@cindex Section Stack
5611This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5612@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5613@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5614(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5615
5616This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5617referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5618@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5619subsections). For example:
5620
5621@smallexample
5622.section A
5623 .subsection 1
5624 .word 0x1234
5625 .subsection 2
5626 .word 0x5678
5627.previous
5628 .word 0x9abc
5629@end smallexample
5630
5631Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5632section A. Whilst:
5633
5634@smallexample
5635.section A
5636.subsection 1
5637 # Now in section A subsection 1
5638 .word 0x1234
5639.section B
5640.subsection 0
5641 # Now in section B subsection 0
5642 .word 0x5678
5643.subsection 1
5644 # Now in section B subsection 1
5645 .word 0x9abc
5646.previous
5647 # Now in section B subsection 0
5648 .word 0xdef0
5649@end smallexample
5650
5651Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5652section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5653
5654In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5655the top section on the section stack.
5656@end ifset
5657
252b5132
RH
5658@node Print
5659@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5660
5661@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5662@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5663assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5664
c91d2e08
NC
5665@ifset ELF
5666@node Protected
5667@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5668
c1253627
NC
5669@cindex @code{protected} directive
5670@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5671This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5672@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5673
5674This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5675their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5676@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5677components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5678component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5679this.
c91d2e08
NC
5680@end ifset
5681
252b5132
RH
5682@node Psize
5683@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5684
5685@cindex @code{psize} directive
5686@cindex listing control: paper size
5687@cindex paper size, for listings
5688Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5689number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5690
5691If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5692of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5693default width is 200 columns.
5694
a4fb0134 5695@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5696lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5697@code{.eject}).
5698
5699If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5700those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5701
5702@node Purgem
5703@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5704
5705@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5706Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5707expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5708
c91d2e08
NC
5709@ifset ELF
5710@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5711@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5712
c1253627 5713@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5714@cindex Section Stack
5715This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5716@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5717@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5718(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5719
e9863d7f
DJ
5720This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5721top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5722subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5723@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5724as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5725@end ifset
5726
252b5132
RH
5727@node Quad
5728@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5729
5730@cindex @code{quad} directive
5731@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5732each bignum, it emits
5733@ifclear bignum-16
5734an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5735warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5736@cindex eight-byte integer
5737@cindex integer, 8-byte
5738
5739The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5740hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5741@end ifclear
5742@ifset bignum-16
5743a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5744warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5745@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5746@cindex integer, 16-byte
5747@end ifset
5748
05e9452c
AM
5749@node Reloc
5750@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5751
5752@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5753Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5754@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5755the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5756symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5757@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5758absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5759targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5760relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5761section.
5762
252b5132
RH
5763@node Rept
5764@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5765
5766@cindex @code{rept} directive
5767Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5768@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5769
5770For example, assembling
5771
5772@example
5773 .rept 3
5774 .long 0
5775 .endr
5776@end example
5777
5778is equivalent to assembling
5779
5780@example
5781 .long 0
5782 .long 0
5783 .long 0
5784@end example
5785
5786@node Sbttl
5787@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5788
5789@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5790@cindex subtitles for listings
5791@cindex listing control: subtitle
5792Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5793title line) when generating assembly listings.
5794
5795This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5796it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5797
5798@ifset COFF
5799@node Scl
5800@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5801
5802@cindex @code{scl} directive
5803@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5804@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5805Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5806used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5807whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5808symbolic debugging information.
5809@ifset BOUT
5810
5811The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5812configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5813accepts this directive but ignores it.
5814@end ifset
5815@end ifset
5816
c1253627 5817@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5818@node Section
c1253627 5819@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5820
252b5132
RH
5821@cindex named section
5822Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5823named @var{name}.
5824
5825This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5826named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5827with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5828
c1253627
NC
5829@ifset COFF
5830@ifset ELF
5831@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5832@subheading COFF Version
5833@end ifset
5834
5835@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5836For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5837ways:
c91d2e08 5838
252b5132
RH
5839@smallexample
5840.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5841.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5842@end smallexample
5843
5844If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5845section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5846@table @code
5847@item b
5848bss section (uninitialized data)
5849@item n
5850section is not loaded
5851@item w
5852writable section
5853@item d
5854data section
5855@item r
5856read-only section
5857@item x
5858executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5859@item s
5860shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5861@item a
5862ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5863@item y
5864section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5865@item 0-9
5866single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5867@end table
5868
5869If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5870the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5871loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5872from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5873will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5874
5875If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5876taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5877@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5878
5879@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5880@ifset COFF
5881@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5882@subheading ELF Version
5883@end ifset
5884
c91d2e08
NC
5885@cindex Section Stack
5886This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5887@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5888(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5889@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5890
c1253627 5891@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5892For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5893
252b5132 5894@smallexample
7047dd1e 5895.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5896@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5897
252b5132 5898The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5899combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5900@table @code
5901@item a
5902section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5903@item e
5904section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5905@item w
5906section is writable
5907@item x
5908section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5909@item M
5910section is mergeable
5911@item S
5912section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5913@item G
5914section is a member of a section group
5915@item T
5916section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5917@item ?
5918section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5919@end table
5920
5921The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5922@table @code
5923@item @@progbits
5924section contains data
5925@item @@nobits
5926section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5927@item @@note
5928section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5929@item @@init_array
5930section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5931@item @@fini_array
5932section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5933@item @@preinit_array
5934section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5935@end table
5936
10b016c2
PB
5937Many targets only support the first three section types.
5938
ececec60
NC
5939Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5940ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5941@code{%} character.
5942
22fe14ad 5943If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5944be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5945
5946@smallexample
5947.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5948@end smallexample
5949
5950Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5951constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5952@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5953@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5954the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5955absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5956which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5957@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5958@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5959
5960If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5961be present along with an additional field like this:
5962
5963@smallexample
5964.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5965@end smallexample
5966
5967The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5968particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5969@table @code
5970@item comdat
5971indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5972@item .gnu.linkonce
5973an alias for comdat
5974@end table
5975
96e9638b 5976Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5977the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5978
5979@smallexample
5980.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5981@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5982
01642c12
RM
5983If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
5984@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
5985present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
5986this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
5987@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
5988If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
5989
252b5132
RH
5990If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5991the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5992none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5993executable. The section will contain data.
5994
5995For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5996directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5997
252b5132
RH
5998@smallexample
5999.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6000@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6001
252b5132
RH
6002Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6003separated flags:
6004@table @code
6005@item #alloc
6006section is allocatable
6007@item #write
6008section is writable
6009@item #execinstr
6010section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6011@item #exclude
6012section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6013@item #tls
6014section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6015@end table
c91d2e08 6016
e9863d7f
DJ
6017This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6018contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6019some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6020work.
c1253627
NC
6021@end ifset
6022@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6023
6024@node Set
6025@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6026
6027@cindex @code{set} directive
6028@cindex symbol value, setting
6029Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6030changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6031@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6032flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6033
6034You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6035
6036If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6037file is the last value stored into it.
6038
3c9b82ba
NC
6039@ifset Z80
6040On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6041@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6042@end ifset
6043
252b5132
RH
6044@node Short
6045@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6046
6047@cindex @code{short} directive
6048@ifset GENERIC
6049@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6050@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6051
6052In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6053numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6054@end ifset
6055@ifclear GENERIC
6056@ifset W16
6057@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6058@end ifset
6059@ifset W32
6060This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6061a 16 bit number for each.
6062@end ifset
6063@end ifclear
6064
6065@node Single
6066@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6067
6068@cindex @code{single} directive
6069@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6070This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6071has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6072@ifset GENERIC
6073The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6074@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6075@end ifset
6076@ifclear GENERIC
6077@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6078On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6079numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6080@end ifset
6081@end ifclear
6082
c1253627 6083@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6084@node Size
c1253627 6085@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6086
c1253627
NC
6087This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6088
6089@ifset COFF
6090@ifset ELF
6091@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6092@subheading COFF Version
6093@end ifset
6094
6095@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6096For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6097@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6098
6099@smallexample
6100.size @var{expression}
6101@end smallexample
252b5132 6102
c91d2e08 6103@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6104@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6105@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6106ignores it.
6107@end ifset
c1253627 6108@end ifset
c91d2e08 6109
c1253627
NC
6110@ifset ELF
6111@ifset COFF
6112@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6113@subheading ELF Version
6114@end ifset
6115
6116@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6117For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6118
c1253627
NC
6119@smallexample
6120.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6121@end smallexample
6122
6123This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6124The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6125arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6126symbols.
c1253627
NC
6127@end ifset
6128@end ifset
252b5132 6129
252b5132
RH
6130@ifclear no-space-dir
6131@node Skip
6132@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6133
6134@cindex @code{skip} directive
6135@cindex filling memory
6136This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6137@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6138@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6139@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6140@end ifclear
252b5132 6141
ccf8a69b
BW
6142@node Sleb128
6143@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6144
6145@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6146@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6147compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6148symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6149
884f0d36 6150@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6151@node Space
6152@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6153
6154@cindex @code{space} directive
6155@cindex filling memory
6156This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6157@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6158and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6159as @samp{.skip}.
6160
6161@ifset HPPA
6162@quotation
6163@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6164targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6165Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6166@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6167for a summary.
6168@end quotation
6169@end ifset
6170@end ifclear
6171
252b5132
RH
6172@ifset have-stabs
6173@node Stab
6174@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6175
6176@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6177@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6178There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6179All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6180The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6181cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6182Up to five fields are required:
6183
6184@table @var
6185@item string
6186This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6187@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6188debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6189using this field.
6190
6191@item type
6192An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6193this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6194and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6195
6196@item other
6197An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6198low 8 bits of this expression.
6199
6200@item desc
6201An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6202bits of this expression.
6203
6204@item value
6205An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6206@end table
6207
6208If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6209or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6210you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6211compatible with earlier assemblers!
6212
6213@table @code
6214@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6215@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6216
6217The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6218It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6219null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6220strings.
6221
6222The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6223relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6224is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6225assembled.
6226
6227@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6228@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6229The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6230
6231@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6232@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6233All five fields are specified.
6234@end table
6235@end ifset
6236@c end have-stabs
6237
6238@node String
38a57ae7 6239@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6240"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6241
6242@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6243@cindex string8, copying to object file
6244@cindex string16, copying to object file
6245@cindex string32, copying to object file
6246@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6247@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6248@cindex @code{string8} directive
6249@cindex @code{string16} directive
6250@cindex @code{string32} directive
6251@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6252
6253Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6254one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6255particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6256You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6257
01642c12 6258The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6259the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6260copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6261are stored in target endianness byte order.
6262
6263Example:
6264@smallexample
6265 .string32 "BYE"
6266expands to:
6267 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6268 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6269@end smallexample
6270
6271
252b5132
RH
6272@node Struct
6273@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6274
6275@cindex @code{struct} directive
6276Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6277which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6278@smallexample
6279 .struct 0
6280field1:
6281 .struct field1 + 4
6282field2:
6283 .struct field2 + 4
6284field3:
6285@end smallexample
6286This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6287@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6288value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6289use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6290before further assembly.
6291
c91d2e08
NC
6292@ifset ELF
6293@node SubSection
6294@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6295
c1253627 6296@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6297@cindex Section Stack
6298This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6299@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6300@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6301(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6302
6303This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6304section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6305in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6306@end ifset
6307
252b5132
RH
6308@ifset ELF
6309@node Symver
6310@section @code{.symver}
6311@cindex @code{symver} directive
6312@cindex symbol versioning
6313@cindex versions of symbols
6314Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6315within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6316typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6317There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6318into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6319shared library.
6320
79082ff0 6321For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6322@smallexample
6323.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6324@end smallexample
339681c0 6325If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6326being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6327alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6328just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6329permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6330of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6331itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6332have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6333file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6334function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6335the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6336building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6337symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6338nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6339
6340If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6341references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6342reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6343symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6344
6345Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6346@smallexample
6347.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6348@end smallexample
6349In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6350the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6351difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6352references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6353
6354The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6355@smallexample
6356.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6357@end smallexample
6358When @var{name} is not defined within the
6359file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6360@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6361name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6362@end ifset
6363
6364@ifset COFF
6365@node Tag
6366@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6367
6368@cindex COFF structure debugging
6369@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6370@cindex @code{tag} directive
6371This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6372information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6373@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6374definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6375@ifset BOUT
6376
6377@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6378@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6379ignores it.
6380@end ifset
6381@end ifset
6382
6383@node Text
6384@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6385
6386@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6387Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6388the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6389expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6390is used.
6391
6392@node Title
6393@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6394
6395@cindex @code{title} directive
6396@cindex listing control: title line
6397Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6398source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6399
6400This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6401it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6402
c1253627 6403@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6404@node Type
c1253627
NC
6405@section @code{.type}
6406
6407This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6408
6409@ifset COFF
6410@ifset ELF
6411@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6412@subheading COFF Version
6413@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6414
6415@cindex COFF symbol type
6416@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6417@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6418For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6419@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6420
6421@smallexample
6422.type @var{int}
6423@end smallexample
6424
6425This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6426entry.
252b5132 6427
c91d2e08 6428@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6429@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6430@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6431directive but ignores it.
6432@end ifset
c1253627 6433@end ifset
c91d2e08 6434
c1253627
NC
6435@ifset ELF
6436@ifset COFF
6437@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6438@subheading ELF Version
6439@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6440
6441@cindex ELF symbol type
6442@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6443@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6444For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6445
6446@smallexample
6447.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6448@end smallexample
6449
6450This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6451function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6452supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6453compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6454
6455Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6456@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6457below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6458the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6459maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6460assemblers.
6461
6462The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6463
6464@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6465 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6466 .type <name>,#<type>
6467 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6468 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6469 .type <name>,"<type>"
6470@end smallexample
6471
6472The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6473
5671778d
NC
6474@table @gcctabopt
6475@item STT_FUNC
6476@itemx function
6477Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6478
d8045f23
NC
6479@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6480@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6481Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6482processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6483
5671778d
NC
6484@item STT_OBJECT
6485@itemx object
6486Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6487
6488@item STT_TLS
6489@itemx tls_object
6490Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6491
6492@item STT_COMMON
6493@itemx common
6494Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6495
6496@item STT_NOTYPE
6497@itemx notype
6498Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6499
3e7a7d11
NC
6500@item gnu_unique_object
6501Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6502will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6503name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6504
5671778d
NC
6505@end table
6506
6507Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6508
c1253627
NC
6509@end ifset
6510@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6511
6512@node Uleb128
6513@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6514
6515@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6516@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6517compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6518symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6519
6520@ifset COFF
6521@node Val
6522@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6523
6524@cindex @code{val} directive
6525@cindex COFF value attribute
6526@cindex value attribute, COFF
6527This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6528records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6529entry.
6530@ifset BOUT
6531
a4fb0134 6532@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6533configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6534@end ifset
6535@end ifset
6536
2e13b764 6537@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6538@node Version
6539@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6540
c1253627 6541@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6542This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6543formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6544@end ifset
2e13b764 6545
c91d2e08
NC
6546@ifset ELF
6547@node VTableEntry
6548@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6549
653cfe85 6550@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6551This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6552@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6553
c91d2e08
NC
6554@node VTableInherit
6555@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6556
653cfe85 6557@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6558This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6559@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6560parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6561parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6562@end ifset
2e13b764 6563
d190d046
HPN
6564@node Warning
6565@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6566@cindex warning directive
6567Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6568(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6569
c91d2e08
NC
6570@node Weak
6571@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6572
c1253627 6573@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6574This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6575@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6576
01642c12 6577On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6578directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6579@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6580
977cdf5a 6581On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6582When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6583alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6584
06e77878
AO
6585@node Weakref
6586@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6587
6588@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6589This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6590be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6591If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6592will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6593symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6594
6595The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6596assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6597symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6598resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6599had the references to the alias removed.
6600
6601The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6602within the assembler.
6603
252b5132
RH
6604@node Word
6605@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6606
6607@cindex @code{word} directive
6608This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6609separated by commas.
6610@ifclear GENERIC
6611@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6612For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6613@end ifset
6614@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6615For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6616@end ifset
6617@end ifclear
6618@ifset GENERIC
6619
6620The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6621depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6622@end ifset
6623
6624@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6625@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6626@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6627@cindex difference tables altered
6628@cindex altered difference tables
6629@quotation
6630@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6631@end quotation
6632
6633@ifset GENERIC
6634Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6635addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6636interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6637@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6638
6639@end ifset
6640In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6641@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6642Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6643compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6644directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6645@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6646creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6647This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6648first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6649of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6650table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6651contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6652@code{sym2}.
6653
6654If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6655secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6656@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6657long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6658and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6659minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6660entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6661
6662@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6663@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6664@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6665assembly language programmers.
6666@end ifset
6667@end ifset
6668@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6669
6670@node Deprecated
6671@section Deprecated Directives
6672
6673@cindex deprecated directives
6674@cindex obsolescent directives
6675One day these directives won't work.
6676They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6677@table @t
6678@item .abort
6679@item .line
6680@end table
6681
3a99f02f
DJ
6682@ifset ELF
6683@node Object Attributes
6684@chapter Object Attributes
6685@cindex object attributes
6686
6687@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6688into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6689Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6690point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6691requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6692passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6693hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6694generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6695newer generation at run-time.
6696
6697This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6698@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6699time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6700correctly.
6701
6702Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6703attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6704string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6705and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6706or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6707attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6708
6709Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6710The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6711
6712@menu
6713* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6714* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6715@end menu
6716
6717@node GNU Object Attributes
6718@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6719
6720The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6721with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6722
6723Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6724its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6725an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
67262} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6727architecture-dependent ones.
6728
6729@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6730
6731These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6732
6733@table @r
6734@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6735The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6736the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6737then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6738than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6739arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6740@end table
6741
6742@subsection MIPS Attributes
6743
6744@table @r
6745@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6746The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6747
6748@itemize @bullet
6749@item
67500 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6751@item
67521 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6753FPU.
6754@item
67552 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6756@item
67573 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6758@item
67594 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6760double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6761purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6762@end itemize
6763@end table
6764
6765@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6766
6767@table @r
6768@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6769The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6770
6771@itemize @bullet
6772@item
67730 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6774@item
3c7b9897 67751 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6776@item
67772 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6778@item
67793 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6780@end itemize
6781
6782@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6783The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6784
6785@itemize @bullet
6786@item
67870 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6788@item
67891 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6790@item
67912 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6792@item
67933 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6794@end itemize
6795@end table
6796
6797@node Defining New Object Attributes
6798@section Defining New Object Attributes
6799
6800If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6801will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6802mailing list.
6803
6804@itemize @bullet
6805@item
6806This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6807@item
6808The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6809@item
6810The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6811and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6812@item
6813Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6814@item
6815@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6816@item
6817GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6818@end itemize
6819
6820@end ifset
6821
252b5132
RH
6822@ifset GENERIC
6823@node Machine Dependencies
6824@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6825
6826@cindex machine dependencies
6827The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6828each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6829vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6830directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6831assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6832@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6833optimization.
6834
6835This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6836include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6837subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6838
6839@menu
625e1353
RH
6840@ifset ALPHA
6841* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6842@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6843@ifset ARC
6844* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6845@end ifset
6846@ifset ARM
6847* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6848@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6849@ifset AVR
6850* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6851@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6852@ifset Blackfin
6853* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6854@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6855@ifset CR16
6856* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6857@end ifset
8bf549a8 6858@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6859* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6860@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6861@ifset D10V
6862* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6863@end ifset
6864@ifset D30V
6865* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6866@end ifset
6867@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6868* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6869@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6870@ifset HPPA
6871* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6872@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6873@ifset I370
6874* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6875@end ifset
252b5132 6876@ifset I80386
55b62671 6877* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6878@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6879@ifset I860
6880* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6881@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6882@ifset I960
6883* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6884@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6885@ifset IA64
6886* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6887@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6888@ifset IP2K
6889* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6890@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6891@ifset LM32
6892* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6893@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6894@ifset M32C
6895* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6896@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6897@ifset M32R
6898* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6899@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6900@ifset M680X0
6901* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6902@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6903@ifset M68HC11
6904* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6905@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6906@ifset MICROBLAZE
6907* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6908@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6909@ifset MIPS
6910* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6911@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6912@ifset MMIX
6913* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6914@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6915@ifset MSP430
6916* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6917@end ifset
252b5132 6918@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6919* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6920* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6921@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6922@ifset PDP11
6923* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6924@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6925@ifset PJ
6926* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6927@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6928@ifset PPC
6929* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6930@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6931@ifset RX
6932* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6933@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6934@ifset S390
6935* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6936@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6937@ifset SCORE
6938* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6939@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6940@ifset SPARC
6941* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6942@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6943@ifset TIC54X
6944* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6945@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6946@ifset TIC6X
6947* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6948@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6949@ifset V850
6950* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6951@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6952@ifset XTENSA
6953* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6954@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6955@ifset Z80
6956* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6957@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6958@ifset Z8000
6959* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6960@end ifset
6961@ifset VAX
6962* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6963@end ifset
6964@end menu
6965
6966@lowersections
6967@end ifset
6968
6969@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6970@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6971@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6972@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6973@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6974@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6975@c in both conditional blocks.
6976
625e1353
RH
6977@ifset ALPHA
6978@include c-alpha.texi
6979@end ifset
6980
6981@ifset ARC
6982@include c-arc.texi
6983@end ifset
6984
252b5132
RH
6985@ifset ARM
6986@include c-arm.texi
6987@end ifset
6988
8473f7a4
DC
6989@ifset AVR
6990@include c-avr.texi
6991@end ifset
6992
3b4e1885 6993@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6994@include c-bfin.texi
6995@end ifset
6996
3d3d428f
NC
6997@ifset CR16
6998@include c-cr16.texi
6999@end ifset
7000
328eb32e
HPN
7001@ifset CRIS
7002@include c-cris.texi
7003@end ifset
7004
c2dcd04e 7005@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7006@ifclear GENERIC
7007@node Machine Dependencies
7008@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7009
c2dcd04e 7010The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7011and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7012chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7013family.
7014
7015@menu
c2dcd04e 7016* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7017* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7018@end menu
7019@lowersections
7020@end ifclear
7021@end ifset
7022
7023@ifset D10V
7024@include c-d10v.texi
7025@end ifset
7026
7027@ifset D30V
7028@include c-d30v.texi
7029@end ifset
7030
7031@ifset H8/300
7032@include c-h8300.texi
7033@end ifset
7034
252b5132
RH
7035@ifset HPPA
7036@include c-hppa.texi
7037@end ifset
7038
5b93d8bb
AM
7039@ifset I370
7040@include c-i370.texi
7041@end ifset
7042
252b5132
RH
7043@ifset I80386
7044@include c-i386.texi
7045@end ifset
7046
e3308d0d
JE
7047@ifset I860
7048@include c-i860.texi
7049@end ifset
7050
252b5132
RH
7051@ifset I960
7052@include c-i960.texi
7053@end ifset
7054
9e32ca89
NC
7055@ifset IA64
7056@include c-ia64.texi
7057@end ifset
7058
a40cbfa3
NC
7059@ifset IP2K
7060@include c-ip2k.texi
7061@end ifset
7062
84e94c90
NC
7063@ifset LM32
7064@include c-lm32.texi
7065@end ifset
7066
49f58d10
JB
7067@ifset M32C
7068@include c-m32c.texi
7069@end ifset
7070
ec694b89
NC
7071@ifset M32R
7072@include c-m32r.texi
7073@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7074
7075@ifset M680X0
7076@include c-m68k.texi
7077@end ifset
7078
60bcf0fa
NC
7079@ifset M68HC11
7080@include c-m68hc11.texi
7081@end ifset
7082
01642c12 7083@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7084@include c-microblaze.texi
7085@end ifset
7086
252b5132
RH
7087@ifset MIPS
7088@include c-mips.texi
7089@end ifset
7090
3c3bdf30
NC
7091@ifset MMIX
7092@include c-mmix.texi
7093@end ifset
7094
2469cfa2
NC
7095@ifset MSP430
7096@include c-msp430.texi
7097@end ifset
7098
252b5132
RH
7099@ifset NS32K
7100@include c-ns32k.texi
7101@end ifset
7102
e135f41b
NC
7103@ifset PDP11
7104@include c-pdp11.texi
7105@end ifset
7106
041dd5a9
ILT
7107@ifset PJ
7108@include c-pj.texi
7109@end ifset
7110
418c1742
MG
7111@ifset PPC
7112@include c-ppc.texi
7113@end ifset
7114
046d31c2
NC
7115@ifset RX
7116@include c-rx.texi
7117@end ifset
7118
11c19e16
MS
7119@ifset S390
7120@include c-s390.texi
7121@end ifset
7122
c0157db4
NC
7123@ifset SCORE
7124@include c-score.texi
7125@end ifset
7126
252b5132
RH
7127@ifset SH
7128@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7129@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7130@end ifset
7131
7132@ifset SPARC
7133@include c-sparc.texi
7134@end ifset
7135
39bec121
TW
7136@ifset TIC54X
7137@include c-tic54x.texi
7138@end ifset
7139
40b36596
JM
7140@ifset TIC6X
7141@include c-tic6x.texi
7142@end ifset
7143
3c9b82ba
NC
7144@ifset Z80
7145@include c-z80.texi
7146@end ifset
7147
252b5132
RH
7148@ifset Z8000
7149@include c-z8k.texi
7150@end ifset
7151
7152@ifset VAX
7153@include c-vax.texi
7154@end ifset
7155
7156@ifset V850
7157@include c-v850.texi
7158@end ifset
7159
e0001a05
NC
7160@ifset XTENSA
7161@include c-xtensa.texi
7162@end ifset
7163
252b5132
RH
7164@ifset GENERIC
7165@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7166@raisesections
7167@end ifset
7168
7169@node Reporting Bugs
7170@chapter Reporting Bugs
7171@cindex bugs in assembler
7172@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7173
a4fb0134 7174Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7175
7176Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7177not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7178entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7179Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7180
7181In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7182information that enables us to fix the bug.
7183
7184@menu
7185* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7186* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7187@end menu
7188
7189@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7190@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7191@cindex bug criteria
7192
7193If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7194
7195@itemize @bullet
7196@cindex fatal signal
7197@cindex assembler crash
7198@cindex crash of assembler
7199@item
7200If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7201@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7202
7203@cindex error on valid input
7204@item
a4fb0134 7205If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7206
7207@cindex invalid input
7208@item
a4fb0134 7209If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7210is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7211be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7212
7213@item
7214If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7215of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7216@end itemize
7217
7218@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7219@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7220@cindex bug reports
7221@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7222
7223A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7224you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7225contact that organization first.
7226
7227You can find contact information for many support companies and
7228individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7229distribution.
7230
ad22bfe8 7231@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7232In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7233to @value{BUGURL}.
7234@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7235
7236The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7237@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7238fact or leave it out, state it!
7239
7240Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7241and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7242name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7243not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7244happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7245perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7246the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7247give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7248and the most helpful.
7249
7250Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7251it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7252that the bug has not been reported previously.
7253
7254Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7255bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7256respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7257You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7258
7259To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7260
7261@itemize @bullet
7262@item
a4fb0134 7263The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7264it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7265
7266Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7267the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7268
7269@item
a4fb0134 7270Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7271
7272@item
7273The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7274version number.
7275
7276@item
a4fb0134 7277What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7278``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7279
7280@item
7281The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7282observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7283all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7284
7285If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7286and then we might not encounter the bug.
7287
7288@item
7289A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7290the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7291high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7292when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7293the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7294file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7295@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7296
7297@item
7298A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7299incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7300
a4fb0134 7301Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7302will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7303notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7304make a mistake.
7305
7306Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7307explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7308@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7309library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7310would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7311would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7312expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7313observations.
7314
7315@item
a4fb0134 7316If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7317diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7318option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7319discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7320by line number.
7321
7322The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7323sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7324@end itemize
7325
7326Here are some things that are not necessary:
7327
7328@itemize @bullet
7329@item
7330A description of the envelope of the bug.
7331
7332Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7333which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7334changes will not affect it.
7335
7336This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7337will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7338with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7339We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7340
7341Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7342of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7343output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7344less time, and so on.
7345
7346However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7347report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7348
7349@item
7350A patch for the bug.
7351
7352A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7353the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7354a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7355to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7356
a4fb0134 7357Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7358construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7359the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7360one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7361
7362And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7363patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7364help us to understand.
7365
7366@item
7367A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7368
7369Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7370things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7371@end itemize
7372
7373@node Acknowledgements
7374@chapter Acknowledgements
7375
653cfe85 7376If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7377it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7378maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7379@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7380the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7381
7382Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7383more details?}
7384
7385Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7386information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7387extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7388
7389K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7390many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7391up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7392testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7393including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7394and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7395support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7396port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7397file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7398assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7399
7400Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7401in format-specific I/O modules.
7402
7403The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7404has done much work with it since.
7405
7406The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7407
7408Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7409
7410The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7411University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7412
7413Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7414(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7415(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7416support a.out format.
7417
7be1c489
AM
7418Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7419tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7420Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7421use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7422targets.
7423
7424John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7425simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7426updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7427fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7428remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7429cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7430required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7431
7432Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
743368k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7434added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7435PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7436
653cfe85 7437Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7438
7439Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7440
7441Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7442along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7443formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7444the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7445
7446Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7447Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7448Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7449Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7450and some initial 64-bit support).
7451
c1253627 7452Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7453
252b5132
RH
7454Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7455support for openVMS/Alpha.
7456
39bec121
TW
7457Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7458flavors.
7459
e0001a05 7460David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7461Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7462
252b5132
RH
7463Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7464configuration enhancements.
7465
84e94c90
NC
7466Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7467
252b5132
RH
7468Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7469you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7470want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7471intentionally leaving anyone out.
7472
793c5807
NC
7473@node GNU Free Documentation License
7474@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7475@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7476
370b66a1
CD
7477@node AS Index
7478@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7479
7480@printindex cp
7481
252b5132
RH
7482@bye
7483@c Local Variables:
7484@c fill-column: 79
7485@c End:
This page took 1.281363 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.